TIMBER SCREWS AND DECK FASTENING
TIMBER,
CONCRETE,
METAL TERRACES AND FAÇADES
PARTIALLY THREADED - COUNTERSUNK HEAD
PLATE FASTENING
PARTIALLY THREADED - FLANGE HEAD
CONCRETE
TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE
CONCRETE AND MASONRY
FULLY THREADED - CYLINDRICAL HEAD
FULLY THREADED - COUNTERSUNK HEAD
METAL
TIMBER-TO-METAL
FASTENING METAL SHEET
DOUBLE THREAD
DECKS AND FACADES
HEADQUARTERS
• product development
• certification
• quality check
MANUFACTURING PLANT
INCREASINGLY FAST, SECURE, TECHNOLOGICAL CONNECTIONS
We have a new plant in Italy that enhances the development, production and distribution of screws and connectors.
We have supported timber construction for more than 30 years because we believe it is the right way to build a better future. We design in Alto Adige, we produce in Italy and around the
world, we export everywhere. Our screws are associated with a unique identification code that guarantees traceability from raw material to marketing.
Connecting worlds, materials and people is what we do best, ever since.
rothoblaas.com
The service classes are related to the thermo-hygrometric conditions of the environment in which a timber structural element is installed. They relate the temperature and humidity of the surroundings to the water content within the material.
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY CLASSES
EXPOSURE
WOOD CORROSIVITY CLASSES
Corrosion caused by wood depends on the wood species, wood treatment and moisture content. Exposure is defined by the TE category as indicated. The corrosivity of wood only affects the connector part inserted in the wooden element.
MOISTURE LEVEL
DISTANCE FROM THE SEA
Corrosion caused by the atmosphere depends on relative humidity, air pollution, chloride content and whether the connection is internal, external protected or external. Exposure is described by the CE category which is based on category C as defined in EN ISO 9223. Atmospheric corrosivity only affects the exposed part of the connector. use
POLLUTION
(i.e. not directly exposed to rain or precipitation), in uninsulated and unconditioned structures
elements directly exposed to the weather and not permanently exposed to water elements immersed in soil or water (e.g. foundation piles and marine structures) saturated
HOW MUCH DO WE KNOW ABOUT SCREWS?
Theory, practice, experimental campaigns: putting it all together on screws takes years of lectures, workshops and construction sites. We make it available to you in 70 pages that are extra catalogue. Because our experience is in your hands.
Scan the QR code to download the smartbook
COMPLETE RANGE
HEADS AND TIPS
HEAD TYPE
COUNTERSUNK WITH RIBS
HBS, HBS COIL, HBS EVO C4/C5, HBS S, VGS, VGS EVO C4/C5, VGS A4, SCI A2/A4, SBS, SPP, MBS
FLANGE
TBS , TBS MAX, TBS EVO C4/C5, TBS S, FAS A4
FLAT FLANGE
TBS FRAME
COUNTERSUNK SMOOTH
HTS, DRS, DRT, SKS EVO, SBS A2, SBN, SBN A2, SCI HCR
COUNTERSUNK 60°
SHS, SHS AISI410, HBS H
ROUND
LBS, LBS EVO, LBS H, LBS H EVO
HEXAGONAL
KOP, SKR EVO, VGS, VGS EVO, MTS A2, SAR
CONE-SHAPED
KKT A4 COLOR, KKT A4, KKT COLOR
PAN HEAD
HBS P, HBS P EVO, KKF AISI410
REINFORCED PAN HEAD
HBS PLATE, HBS PLATE EVO, HBS PLATE A4
CONVEX
EWS A2, EWS AISI410, MCS A2
CYLINDRICAL
VGZ, VGZ EVO C4/C5, VGZ H, DGZ, CTC, MBZ, SBD, KKZ A2, KKZ EVO C5, KKA AISI410, KKA COLOR
BUGLE
DWS, DWS COIL
TIP TYPE
3 THORNS
SELF-DRILLING
SHARP
SHARP SAW
HBS S, TBS S VGS
SHARP SAW NIBS (RBSN)
SHARP 2 CUT
KKT COLOR
STANDARD FOR WOOD
MBS, MBZ, KOP, MTS A2
HARD WOOD TIMBER
HBS H, VGZ H
HARD WOOD (STEEL - to - TIMBER)
LBS H, LBS H EVO
HARD WOOD (DECKING)
KKZ A2, KKZ EVO C5
SKR EVO, SKS EVO
METAL (TAPERED TIP) CONCRETE
SBD
METAL (WITH FINS)
SBS, SBS A2, SPP
METAL (WITHOUT FINS)
SBD, SBN, SBN A2, KKA AISI 410, KKA COLOR
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
Extensive test campaigns carried out in Rothoblaas' own laboratories and at external institutions on softwood, hardwood and LVL have resulted in the development of a performing product in every respect.
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
REDUCTION OF MINIMUM DISTANCES
Featuring raised slitting elements and an umbrella thread tip ensures a quick initial grip and easy installation, reduces torsional stress on the screw and minimises timber damage. The aesthetic finish
LEGEND standard tip standard tip (with pre-drilled hole)
3 THORNS tip self-drilling tip
To be inserted, the screw must overcome the strength force of the wood. The screwing force, measured through the insertion moment (Mins), is only minimised if the tip is performing.
Thanks to its counter-threaded slitting elements, the 3 THORNS tip facilitates insertion of the screw into the grains without damaging them.
It acts as a guide hole, allowing the reduction of edge distances and screw spacing. At the same time, it prevents wooden element's cracking and mechanisms of brittle failure of the connection.
The graph shows the development of the insertion moment for screws with different geometric characteristics of the drill bit and the same boundary conditions (screw diameter, thread length and type, timber substrate material, applied force) as a function of the penetration length (Lins).
The accumulated torsional stress on the screw with a 3 THORNS tip (C) during its insertion is significantly lower than in the case of screws with standard tips (A) and is close to the screwing with pre-drilling hole (B).
The sequence represents the test procedure for the evaluation of minimum distances for axially stressed screws according to EAD 130118-01-0603.
The test is performed by tightening the screw, unscrewing it after 24 hours and filling the hole with dye to check its diffusion inside the wooden element. The portion of wood affected by the insertion of the screw is proportional to the red area.
The 3 THORNS tip (C) exhibits similar behaviour to that of the standard screw inserted with pre-drilling hole (B), tending towards the case of the self-drilling tip screw (D).
COMPLETE RANGE
MATERIALS AND COATINGS
CARBON STEEL WITH COATING
C5 EVO ANTI-CORROSION COATING
Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. Salt spray exposure time (SST) according to ISO 9227 greater than 3000h (test carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir).
C4 EVO ANTI-CORROSION COATING
Inorganic-based multilayer coating with a functional outer layer of epoxy matrix with aluminium flakes. Suitability for atmospheric corrosivity class C4 proven by RISE
ORGANIC ANTI-CORROSION COATING
Coloured organic-based coating that provides excellent resistance to atmospheric and wood corrosive agents in outdoor applications.
ELECTROLYTIC GALVANIZING
Coating consisting of a layer of electrolytic galvanizing with Cr passivation; standard for most connectors
STAINLESS STEEL
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANT - CRC V
Austenitic stainless steel. It is characterised by high molybdenum and low carbon content. It offers very high resistance to general corrosion, stress corrosion cracking, intergranular corrosion and pitting. The appropriate choice for exposed fasteners in indoor pools.
STAINLESS STEEL A4 | AISI316 - CRC III
Austenitic stainless steel. The presence of molybdenum provides high resistance to generalised and crevice corrosion.
STAINLESS STEEL - A2 | AISI304 - CRC II
Austenitic stainless steel. It is the most common of the austenitic steels. It offers an excellent level of protection against generalised corrosion.
STAINLESS STEEL - A2 | AISI305 - CRC II
Austenitic stainless steel similar to A2 | AISI304. This alloy contains slightly more carbon than A2 | AISI304, making it more workable in production.
AISI410 STAINLESS STEEL
Martensitic stainless steel, characterised by its high carbon content. Suitable for outdoor applications (SC3). This stainless steels offers the highest mechanical performance compared to the other available stainless steels.
LEGEND:
atmospheric corrosivity classes
Rothoblaas experience Rothoblaas experience wood corrosivity classes colour
Atmospheric corrosivity classes defined according to EN 14592:2022 based on EN ISO 9223 and EN 1993-1-4:2014 (for stainless steel, an equivalent atmospheric corrosivity class was determined considering only the influence of chlorides and without a cleaning maintenance). Wood corrosivity classes according to EN 14592:2022.
For further information, see SMARTBOOK TIMBER SCREWS at www.rothoblaas.com.
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
EVO COATINGS
Rothoblaas research projects result in coatings that meet the most complex market requirements. Our goal is to offer stateof-the-art fastening solutions that guarantee uncompromising mechanical strength and corrosion resistance.
Atmospheric corrosivity class C4: areas with a high concentration of pollutants, salts or chlorides. For example, heavily polluted urban and industrial areas and coastal zones.
Inorganic-based multilayer coating with a functional outer layer of epoxy matrix with aluminium flakes.
1440 h
Hours of exposure in salt spray test according to EN ISO 9227:2012 in the absence of red rust.
DISTANCE FROM THE SEA
RESISTANCE TO CHLORIDE EXPOSURE(1) C4 EVO anti-corrosion coating (2) C5 EVO anti-corrosion coating (2)
Atmospheric corrosivity class C5: areas with a very high concentration of salts, chlorides or corrosive agents from production processes. For example, places by the sea or areas of high industrial pollution.
Organic-based multilayer coating with a functional layer. The top-coat has a sealing function, which delays the start of the corrosion reaction.
Hours of exposure in salt spray test according to EN ISO 9227:2012 in the absence of red rust carried out on previously screwed and unscrewed Douglas fir screws.
TIMBER
VGS
FULLY
VGS EVO FULLY
60° COUNTERSUNK SCREW
SMALL HEAD AND 3 THORNS TIP
The 60° head and 3 THORNS tip allow easy insertion of the screw into small thickness without creating openings in the timber.
ENLARGED IMPRESSION
Compared to common carpentry screws, it has a larger Torx cavity: TX 25 for Ø4 and 4.5, TX 30 for Ø5. It is the right screw for users requiring strength and precision.
FASTENING ON TONGUE AND GROOVE BOARDS
For fixing beads or small elements, the 3.5 mm diameter version is perfectly suited for application in joints.
Ø4 - Ø4,5 - Ø5
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• tongue-and-groove boards
• timber based panels
• fibreboard, MDF, HDF and LDF
• plated and melamine faced panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
( * ) 40 26 14 500 SHS3550 ( * ) 50 34 16 500
( * ) Not holding CE marking.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTE on page 19
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
1( * )
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a
SHEAR TENSION
ε = screw-to-grain angle
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and panels must be done separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.
MINIMUM DISTANCES
NOTES
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
NOTES
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different ρ k values, the strength on the table (timber-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by the kdens coefficient.
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip and d1≥5 mm inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and load-to-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
SHS AISI410
60° COUNTERSUNK SCREW
SMALL HEAD AND 3 THORNS TIP
The concealed 60° head and 3 THORNS tip allow easy insertion of the screw into small thickness without creating openings in the timber.
OUTDOOR ON ACID WOOD
Martensitic stainless steel. This stainless steels offers the highest mechanical performance compared to the other available stainless steels. Suitable for outdoor applications and on acid wood, but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).
SMALL ELEMENTS FASTENING
The smaller diameter versions are ideal for fixing beads or small elements, the 3.5 mm diameter version is perfectly suited for fastening tongue-and-groove boards.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT, LVL
•
woods and acid woods
WINDOWS AND DOORS ON THE OUTSIDE
SHS AISI140 is the right choice for fastening small outdoor elements such as beads, façades and window/door frames.
External casing slats fixed with 6 and 8 mm diameter SHS AISI410 screws.
Fastening hardwood and acid wood in farfrom-sea environments with SHS AISI410 8 mm diameter.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
SHS N AISI410 - black version
CODES AND DIMENSIONS APPLICATION
ρ k = 665-760 kg/m3 pH ~ 3,9
ρ k = 580-600 kg/m3 pH = 3,4-3,7
ρ k = 690-960 kg/m3 pH = 3,4-4,2
ρ k = 550-980 kg/m3 pH = 3,8-4,2
ρ k = 510-750 kg/m3 pH = 3,3-5,8
ρ k = 510-750 kg/m3 pH = 3,1-4,4
Possible installation on acid wood but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).
ρ k = 490-630 kg/m3 pH ~ 3,9
ρ k = 500-620 kg/m3 pH ~ 3,8
Find out the pH and density of the various wood species on page 314 “aggressive” woods high acidity "standard" timbers low acidity
Specially designed to match façades made of charred wood, the black SHS N variant ensures perfect compatibility and offers an excellent aesthetic result. Thanks to its strength to corrosion, it can be used outdoors, allowing to create striking and long-lasting black façades. ( * ) Not holding CE marking.
FAÇADES IN DARK TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip and d1≥5 mm inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and load-to-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
geometry
SHEAR
timber-to-timber panel-to-timber
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and panels must be done separately.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• The characteristic shear strengths were evaluated by considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.
TENSION
thread withdrawal head pull-through
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.
NOTES
• The characteristic shear and tensile strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens,V coefficient (see page 19).
• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 18).
FULLY THREADED COUNTERSUNK SCREW
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, the screw can be installed without pre-drilling hole on even very thin joinery and furniture wood, such as melamine-faced panels, plated panels or MDF.
FINE THREAD
A fine thread is ideal for utmost screwing precision, even on MDF panels. The cavity for the Torx bit ensures stability and security.
LONG THREAD
The thread is 80% the length of the screw and the smooth part under head guarantees maximum coupling efficiency with fibreboard panels.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard, MDF, HDF and LDF
• plated and melamine faced panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
3
10
( * ) 12 6
( * ) 16 10 500
20 14
HTS3516 ( * ) 16 10
HTS3520 ( * ) 20 14
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.
HINGES AND FURNITURE
The total thread and countersunk head geometry are ideal for fastening metal hinges when building furniture. Ideal for use with single bit (included in the package), easily exchanged in the driver bit holder. The new self-perforating tip increases the initial grip capacity of the screw.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
MINIMUM DISTANCES
NOTES
• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
STRUCTURAL VALUES
NOTES
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic panel-timber and steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an ε angle of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The shear strength characteristics on the plate are calculated considering the case of a thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ).
• The characteristic thread withdrawal strength was evaluated by considering a 90° angle ε between the fibers of the timber element and the connector.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens (see page 42).
• The values in the table are independent of the load-to-grain angle.
• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 34).
STRUCTURAL
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements, panels and metal plates must be done separately.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements. In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
FAST
With the 3 THORNS tip, screw grip becomes more reliable and faster, while maintaining the usual mechanical performance. More speed, less effort.
JOINTS WITH SOUNDPROOFING PROFILES
The screw has been tested and characterised in applications with soundproofing layers (XYLOFON) interposed on the shear plane.
The impact of acoustic profiles on the mechanical performance of the HBS screw is described on page 74
NEW-GENERATION WOODS
Tested and certified for use on a wide variety of engineered timbers such as CLT, GL, LVL, OSB and Beech LVL.
Extremely versatile, the HBS screw guarantees the use of new-generation woods for the creation of increasingly innovative and sustainable structures.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard, MDF, HDF and LDF
• plated and melamine faced panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
CLT, LVL AND HARDWOOD
Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT, LVL and high density woods such as beech LVL.
Wall insulation boards fastening with THERMOWASHER and HBS 8 mm diameter.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Fastening CLT walls with 6 mm diameter HBS screws.
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
moment
resistance parameter
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
3,5 TX 15
4 TX 20
4,5 TX 20
5 TX 25
6 TX 30
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
35
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 50
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25 30 40 50 60 a4,c [mm] 5∙d 18 20 23 5∙d 25
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTE on page 42
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
= RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
ε = screw-to-grain angle
NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 42
and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 42
STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR AND AXIAL LOADS | CLT
inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL
NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 42 Internationality is also measured in the
STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | LVL
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements, panels and metal plates must be done separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The characteristic strength to head pull-through, with and without a washer, was evaluated using timber or timber based elements. In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied: Fv,d
• In the case of steel-to-timber connections with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of timber deformation and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
NOTES | CLT
• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.
• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for CLT elements and a mass density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.
• The characteristics shear resistance are calculated considering a minimum fixing length of 4 d1
• The characteristic shear strength is independent from the direction of the grain of the CLT panels outer layer.
• The axial thread withdrawal resistance in the narrow face is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1
MINIMUM DISTANCES
NOTES | TIMBER
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip and d1≥5 mm inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and load-to-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
NOTES | CLT
• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.
• Minimum distances are valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min =10∙d1
• The minimum distances referred to "narrow face" are valid for minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1
NOTES | TIMBER
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic panel-timber and steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an ε angle of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ) and thick plate (SPLATE = d1 ) .
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax
ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380 385 405 425
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
NOTES | LVL
• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 480 kg/m3 has been considered for the softwood LVL elements and a mass density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.
• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated for connectors inserted on the side face (wide face) considering, for individual timber elements, a 90° angle between the connector and the grain, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element and a 0° angle between the force and the grain.
• The axial thread-withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grains and the connector.
• Screws shorter than the minimum in the table are not compatible with the calculation assumptions and are therefore not reported.
NOTES | LVL
• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the LVL panels.
• The minimum distances are applicable when using both parallel and cross grain softwood LVL.
• The minimum distances without pre-drilling hole are valid for minimum thickness of LVL elements tmin:
t1 ≥ 8,4 d - 9
t2 ≥ 11,4 d 75
where:
- t 1 is the thickness in mm of the LVL element in a connection with 2 wooden elements. For connections with 3 or more elements, t 1 represents the thickness of the most external LVL;
- t 2 is the thickness in mm of the central element in a connection with 3 or more elements.
SCREWING USING CATCH
Place the bit inside the CATCH screwing device and fasten it to the correct depth depending on the chosen connector.
CATCH is suitable with long connectors where the insert would otherwise tend to come out of the screw head space.
PARTIALLY THREADED SCREWS vs FULLY THREADED SCREW
Compressible elements are interposed between two timber beams and a screw is screwed centrally to evaluate its effect on the connection.
APPLICATION ON HARDWOODS
Pre-drill a hole of the required diameter (d V,H) and length equal to the chosen connector size using the SNAIL tip.
RELATED PRODUCTS
The partial thread screw (e.g. HBS) allows the joint to be closed. The threaded portion, inserted all the way inside the second element, allows the first element to slide on the smooth shank.
Install the screw (e.g. HBS).
Useful in case of screwing in corners, which usually do not allow exerting a great screwing force.
The fully threaded screw (e.g. VGZ) transfers the force by exploiting its axial strength and penetrates inside the timber elements without moving.
Alternatively, specific screws for hardwood applications (e.g. HBSH) can be used, which can be inserted without the aid of pre-drill hole
HBS SOFTWOOD
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
SAW TIP
Special self-perforating tip with serrated thread (SAW tip) that cuts the timber grains, facilitating initial grip and subsequent pull-through.
LONGER THREAD
Greater thread length (60%) to ensure superb joint closure and great versatility.
SOFTWOOD
Optimised geometry for maximum performance on the most common construction timbers.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard and MDF panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
TIMBER ROOF
The screws’ fast initial grip makes it possible to create secure structural connections in all assembly conditions.
SIP PANELS
The size range is specially designed for the application of fasteners on medium and large structural elements, such as lightweight boards and frames, up to SIP and Sandwich panels.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
5 TX 25
6 TX 30
RELATED PRODUCTS
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [mm] 5 6 8
a 1 [mm] 12∙d 60 72 96 a1 [mm] 5∙d 25
a 2 [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 a 2 [mm] 5∙d 25 30
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 75 90 120
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 50 60 80 a3,c [mm] 10∙d 50 60 80
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 a4,t [mm] 10∙d 50 60 80
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40 a4,c [mm] 5∙d 25 30 40
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTE on page 49
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
1( * )
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements, panels and metal plates must be done separately.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.
In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
NOTES
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic panel-timber and steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an ε angle of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The values in the table are independent of the load-to-grain angle.
MINIMUM DISTANCES
NOTES
• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ) and thick plate (SPLATE = d1 ) .
• The characteristic thread withdrawal strength was evaluated by considering a 90° angle ε between the fibers of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax
ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380 385 405 425 430 440
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
HBS COIL
HBS BOUND SCREWS
QUICK, IN SERIES USE
Quick and precise installation. Fast and safe execution thanks to the special binding.
HBS 6,0 mm
Also available in a diameter of 6,0 mm, ideal for quick wall-to-wall fastening in CLT structures.
FAST
With the 3 THORNS tip, screw grip becomes more reliable and faster, while maintaining the usual mechanical performance. More speed, less effort.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard, MDF, HDF and LDF
• plated and melamine faced panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY | HZB
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
For mechanical properties and structural values see HBS on page 30.
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS
Further information on page 401.
Ø6 mm HBS COIL APPLICATION
The adapter plates for use of 4,0, 4,5 and 5,0 diameter HBS COIL screws are already supplied with the respective screwdriver loaders. To use HBS COIL screws with a diameter of 6.0, the adapter plates supplied must be replaced with the adapter plate HZB6PLATE. For HBS COIL screws diameter 6,0 it is also necessary to use the appropriate TX30 bit (code HH14001469). We recommend using the extension HH14411591 for an easier installation of the screws on horizontal planes.
HBS EVO
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
C4 EVO COATING
Multilayer coating with a surface treatment of epoxy resin and aluminium flakes. No rust after 1440 hours of salt sprayexposure test, as per ISO 9227. It can be used for service class 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions tested by the Research Institutes of Sweden - RISE.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.
Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
AUTOCLAVE-TREATED TIMBER
The C4 EVO coating has been certified according to US acceptance criterion AC257 for outdoor use with ACQ-treated timber.
T3 TIMBER CORROSIVITY
Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 314).
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• ACQ, CCA treated timber
SERVICE CLASS 3
Certified for use in service class 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions. Ideal for fastening timber framed panels and trusses (Rafter, Truss).
PERGOLAS AND DECKS
The smaller sizes are ideal for securing boards and battens of decks set up outdoors.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
RELATED PRODUCTS
TURNED WASHER
see page 68
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip and d1≥5 mm inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and load-to-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
ε = screw-to-grain angle
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements, panels and metal plates must be done separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.
In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
• For minimum distances and structural values on CLT and LVL see HBS on page 30
• The characteristic strengths of HBS EVO screws with HUS EVO can be found on page 52
NOTES
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic panel-timber and steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering a α angle of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The shear strength characteristics on the plate are calculated considering the case of a thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ). For the case of a thick plate, refer to the structural values of the HBS screw on page 30
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax
ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380 385 405 425 430 440
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
HBS EVO C5
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. SST (Salt Spray Test) with exposure time greater than 3000h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.
MAXIMUM STRENGTH
It is the screw of choice when high mechanical performance is required under very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements, reducing costs and time.
LENGTH [mm]
DIAMETER [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL carbon steel with C5 EVO coating with very high corrosion resistance
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
RELATED PRODUCTS
HUS EVO
TURNED WASHER
see page 68
HBS HARDWOOD
COUNTERSUNK SCREW FOR HARDWOODS
HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION
Special tip with diamond geometry and notched, serrated thread. ETA11/0030 certification for use with high density timber without any predrill. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (α = 0° - 90°).
INCREASED DIAMETER
Internal thread diameter increased to ensure tightening in the highest density woods. Excellent twisting moment values. HBS H Ø6 mm, comparable to a diameter of 7 mm; HBS H Ø8 mm, comparable to a diameter of 9 mm.
60° COUNTERSUNK HEAD
Concealed head, 60°, for effective, minimally invasive insertion, even in high density woods.
HYBRID SOFTWOOD-HARDWOOD
Approved for different types of applications without the need for predrill hole with softwood and hardwood used simultaneously. For example: composite beam (softwood and hardwood) and hybrid engineered timbers (softwood and hardwood).
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo
HARDWOOD PERFORMANCE
Geometry developed for high performance and use without pre-drilling on structural woods such as beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo.
BEECH LVL
Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods such as beechwood Microllam® LVL. Certified for use without pre-drilling, for densities of up to 800 kg/m3
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
with
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
[mm] 15∙d
a 2 [mm] 7∙d 42
a3,t [mm] 20∙d
a3,c [mm] 15∙d 90
a4,t [mm] 7∙d 42
a4,c [mm] 7∙d 42
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
[mm] 15∙d 90
[mm] 15∙d 90
a4,t [mm] 12∙d 72
a4,c [mm] 7∙d 42
NOTE on page 66
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
1( * )
( * ) For intermediate a1
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER(SOFTWOOD)
STRUCTURAL VALUES | HARDWOOD
VALUES EN 1995:2014
STRUCTURAL VALUES | BEECH LVL
STRUCTURAL VALUES | HYBRID CONNECTIONS
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γM
Rtens,k
γM2
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.
• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ) and thick plate (SPLATE = d1 ) .
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.
In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
• A suitable pilot hole may be required for the insertion of some connectors. For further details please see ETA-11/0030.
NOTES | TIMBER (SOFTWOOD)
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax
ρ
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
MINIMUM DISTANCES
NOTES | TIMBER
• The minimum distances comply with EN 1995:2014, according to ETA-11/0030, considering a timber element mass density of 420 kg/m3 < ρk ≤ 500 kg/m3
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
NOTES | HARDWOOD
• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 550 kg/m3 has been considered for hardwood (oak) elements.
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.
NOTES | BEECH LVL
• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 730 kg/m3 has been considered for LVL beech elements.
• A 90° angle between the connector and the fiber, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element, and a 0° angle between the force and the fiber were considered for individual timber elements in the calculation.
• The characteristic strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.
NOTES | HYBRID CONNECTIONS
• In the calculation, a density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 was assumed for softwood elements, a density ρ k = 550 kg/m3 for hardwood (oak) elements and a density ρ k = 730 kg/m3 for beech LVL elements.
• For softwood and hardwood elements, an angle ε = 90° between the connector and the grain was considered in the calculation.
• A 90° angle between the connector and the fiber, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element, and a 0° angle between the force and the fiber were considered in the calculation.
• The characteristic strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
BUILDING INFORMATION MODELING
Structural connection elements in digital format
Complete with three-dimensional geometric features and additional parametric information, they are available in IFC, REVIT, ALLPLAN, ARCHICAD and TEKLA format, and are ready to integrate into your next successful project. Down-load them now!
TURNED WASHER
COMPATIBILITY
It is the ideal coupling for countersunk screws (HBS, VGS, SBS-SPP, SCI, etc.) when the axial strength of the connection is to be increased.
TIMBER-TO-METAL
It is the optimal choice for connections on metal plates with cylindrical holes.
HUS EVO
The HUS EVO version increases the washer's corrosion resistance due to the special surface treatment. This allows it to be used in service class 3 and atmospheric corrosion class C4.
HUS 15°
The 15° angled washer is specifically designed for particular timber-to-metal applications where just a small angle is needed for screw insertion. The HUS BAND double-sided adhesive tape holds the washer in place during overhead applications.
FIELDS OF USE
• thin, thick metal plates with cylindrical holes
• timber based panels • solid timber and glulam
CLT and LVL
high density woods
HUS 15° - 15° angled washer
CODE d HBS d VGS pcs [mm] [mm]
HUS815 8 9 50
HUS - turned washer
HUS EVO - turned washer
HUS BAND - double-sided adhesive for HUS washers
CODE d int d ext pcs [mm] [mm]
HUSBAND 22 30 50
Compatible with HUS815, HUS10, HUS12, HUS10A4.
HUS A4 - turned washer
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
HUS - HUS EVO - HUS A4 HUS 15°
Steel plate thickness S
(1)The choice of diameter is also linked to the diameter of the screw used.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
Head-pull-through parameter
head,k [N/mm 2]
For applications with different materials or with high density please see ETA-11/0030.
HUS 15°
STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT
15°
SHEAR
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
HUS/HUS EVO
ε = screw-to-grain angle
timber-to-timber
SHEAR
steel-to-timber thin plate
steel-to-timber thick plate
head pull-through with washer
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws and washers, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.
• The values in the table are independent of the load-to-grain angle.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.
• The characteristic strength to head pull-through with washer was calculated using timber elements. In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
NOTES
• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering the bearing plane of the washer parallel to the grains.
• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ) and thick plate (SPLATE = d1 ) .
• A density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 for the timber elements and ρ k = 350 kg/m3 for the CLT elements was considered during the calculation. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient (see page 34).
• The characteristic values on CLT are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.
• The characteristic shear strength is independent from the direction of the grain of the CLT panels outer layer.
• The characteristic shear and pull-through strength of the head with HUS on CLT can be found on page 39
• For available HBS and HBS EVO screw sizes and structural values see pages 30 and 52
• Characteristic strengths for HUS A4 can be
on page 323
Drill a D F = 20 mm diameter hole in the metal plate at the insertion point of the HUS815 washer.
Drill a guide hole with a diameter of 5 mm and a minimum length of 20 mm, preferably using the JIGVGU945 template to ensure the correct installation direction.
We recommend applying HUSBAND adhesive underneath the HUS815 washer to facilitate application.
Install the HBS screw of the desired length. Do not use pulse screw guns. Pay attention when tightening the connection.
STEEL-TIMBER INSTALLATION FROM BELOW
If the clearance (F) is small, the screws are installed using a long insert; both flanges must be drilled.
RELATED PRODUCTS
In this F range, there are not enough long bits and not enough free space for the operator to manoeuvre. The slight inclination of the HUS 15° allows for easy fastening.
Remove the liner and apply the washer at the hole, paying attention to the insertion direction.
Installation completed. The 15° screw angle ensures that the distance to the head of the panel (or beam) is maintained.
When sufficient free space is available for installation, a HUS washer can also be used, within the minimum distances.
XYLOFON WASHER
SEPARATING WASHER FOR SCREWS
ACOUSTIC PERFORMANCE
It improves soundproofing by decoupling of timber-to-timber joints made with screws.
STATICS
The washer increases the rope effect in the connection, thus improving the static performance of the detail.
SWELLING OF TIMBER
It gives the joint a certain adaptability to mitigate stresses resulting from shrinkage/swelling of the wood.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
SEPARATING WASHER FOR SCREWS
ULS 440 - WASHER
For more information on the product, go to www.rothoblaas.com.
GEOMETRY
MATERIAL polyurethane
PU
TESTED
The static performance has been tested at the University of Innsbruck for safe use in structural applications.
SAFE
Thanks to its modified polyurethane blend, it is extremely chemically stable and resistant to creep deformation.
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURAL DESIGN AND ACOUSTICS
The mechanical behaviour of timber-to-timber shear connections with a resilient sound insulation profile in between was studied in depth, both in terms of strength and stiffness, through an extensive experimental campaign.
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION
ANALYTICAL CHARACTERISATION OF A GAP CONNECTION USING PREDICTIVE MODELS
For the analytical evaluation of the mechanical parameters of the connection (strength and stiffness), models available in the literature were applied, which modify Johansen's basic theory.
APPLICATION OF THE MODEL TO CONNECTIONS WITH AN INTERPOSED RESILIENT PROFILE
Over 50 configurations considered by varying numerous parameters.
RESILIENT PROFILES
Thickness investigated: 6 mm, 2 x 6 mm, 3 x 6 mm
(monolithic and deformable)
(expanded and compressible)
ASSESSMENT OF THE FRICTION COEFFICIENT μ FOR XYLOFON ACOUSTIC PROFILES
The tests carried out revealed interface properties of a frictional nature that seem to particularly influence the behaviour of the timber connections, especially in terms of strength.
(monolithic and deformable)
CONNECTORS
EXECUTION OF MONOTONIC TESTS
For the validation of the predictive model studied, samples with one and two shear planes were tested.
EXECUTION OF CYCLIC TESTS
For the comparison of the behaviour under monotonic and cyclic loads, samples with two shear planes were tested.
over 250 TESTS
Experimental campaign carried out in cooperation with: CIRI Edilizia e Costruzioni Interdepartmental Centre for Industrial Research Alma Mater Studiorum - Università di Bologna
CAMPAIGN RESULTS
The results were analysed by bi-linearising the experimental curves. It can be seen that the cyclic behaviour is consistent with the monotonic behaviour.
Graphical representation of experimental data from monotonic tests (left) and cyclic tests (right).
INTERPRETATION OF RESULTS
The comparative analysis focused mainly on strength and stiffness parameters. The values obtained in the various configurations were dimensioned with respect to the TIMBER case.
Monolithic, deformable polyurethane and EPDM profiles (represented by XYLOFON 70 in the graphs) do not significantly change the strength of the connection when the elastic modulus of the material changes compared to the timber-to-timber case.
With expanded and compressible profiles (represented by PLAN B in the graphs), on the other hand, the variation from the reference configuration is more significant.
parameter influence on strength
profile structure medium-high Ry as compressibility increases ( *) medium
s profile thickness significant Ry as thickness increases (for s > 6 mm) significant
d connector diameter medium ΔRy as the diameter increases medium
interface properties significant Ry as the profile hardness decreases (shore) low (*) Directly proportional to the % of air contained in the material.
According to the analytical model, the use of large thickness values ( s > 6 mm ) leads to a progressive degradation of strength and stiffness regardless of the type of profile interposed.
Mechanical stiffness, on the other hand, shows a more or less marked degradation trend depending on the different parameters investigated and their interconnection.
In conclusion, the mechanical behaviour of the investigated connections under monotonic and cyclic loading conditions is not particularly influenced by the presence of the monolithic XYLOFON and PIANO acoustic profiles.
The strength values, as a first approximation, can, in the case of profiles with a thickness not exceeding 6 mm, always be traced back to the case of direct timber-to-timber connection, thus neglecting the presence of the acoustic profile. COMPLETE SCIENTIFIC REPORT CATALOGUE SOUNDPROOFING SOLUTIONS
TBS FLANGE HEAD SCREW
INTEGRATED WASHER
The flange head serves as washer and ensures high head strength and pull-through. Ideal in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.
Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
NEW-GENERATION WOODS
Tested and certified for use on a wide variety of engineered timbers such as CLT, GL, LVL, OSB and Beech LVL.
Extremely versatile, the TBS screw guarantees the use of new-generation woods for the creation of increasingly innovative and sustainable structures.
FAST
With the 3 THORNS tip, screw grip becomes more reliable and faster, while maintaining the usual mechanical performance. More speed, less effort.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard and MDF panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
SECONDARY BEAMS
Ideal for fastening joists to sill beams to achieve high wind uplift resistance. The flange head guarantees excellent tensile strength which means the use of additional lateral fastening systems can be avoided.
I-JOIST
Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as Microllam® LVL.
Fastening SIP panels with 8 mm diameter TBS screws.
Fastening CLT walls with TBS screws.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL
CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTE on page 87
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
1( * )
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR AND AXIAL LOADS | CLT
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTE on page 87
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | LVL
WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTE on page 87
ε = screw-to-grain angle
NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on
STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT
STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT
NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 87
STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values consistent with EN 1995:2014 and in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and panels must be done separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strength are calculated considering an OSB panel or particle board with a SPAN thickness and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
NOTES | TIMBER
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength on the table (timber-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by the kdens coefficient.
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax
ρ k [kg/m3
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
MINIMUM DISTANCES
NOTES | TIMBER
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
NOTES | CLT
• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.
• Minimum distances are valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min =10∙d1
• The minimum distances referred to "narrow face" are valid for minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1
NOTES | CLT
• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.
• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for CLT elements and a mass density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.
• The characteristics shear resistance are calculated considering a minimum fixing length of 4 d1
• The characteristic shear strength is independent from the direction of the grain of the CLT panels outer layer.
• The axial thread withdrawal resistance in the narrow face is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1
NOTES | LVL
• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 480 kg/m3 has been considered for the softwood LVL elements and a mass density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.
• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated for connectors inserted on the side face (wide face) considering, for individual timber elements, a 90° angle between the connector and the grain, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element and a 0° angle between the force and the grain.
• The axial thread-withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grains and the connector.
• Screws shorter than the minimum in the table are not compatible with the calculation assumptions and are therefore not reported.
NOTES | LVL
• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the LVL panels.
• The minimum distances are applicable when using both parallel and cross grain softwood LVL.
• The minimum distances without pre-drilling hole are valid for minimum thickness of LVL elements tmin:
t1 ≥ 8,4 d - 9
t2 ≥ 11,4 d 75
where:
- t 1 is the thickness in mm of the LVL element in a connection with 2 wooden elements. For connections with 3 or more elements, t 1 represents the thickness of the most external LVL; - t 2 is the thickness in mm of the central element in a connection with 3 or more elements.
TBS SOFTWOOD
FLANGE HEAD SCREW
SAW TIP
Special self-perforating tip with serrated thread (SAW tip) that cuts the timber grains, facilitating initial grip and subsequent pull-through.
INTEGRATED WASHER
The flange head serves as washer and ensures high head strength and pull-through. Ideal in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.
LONGER THREAD
Greater thread length (60%) to ensure superb joint closure and great versatility.
SOFTWOOD
Optimised geometry for maximum performance on the most common construction timbers.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard and MDF panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
TIMBER FRAME & SIP PANELS
Range of sizes designed for fastening applications of medium to large structural elements such as lightweight boards and frames up to SIP and Sandwich type panels.
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
[mm]
[mm]
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTE on page 91
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.
geometry
timber-to-timber ε=90°
TENSION
panel-to-timber thread withdrawal head pull-through
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements, panels and metal plates must be done separately.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• The values in the table are independent of the load-to-grain angle.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.
NOTES
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal strength was evaluated by considering a 90° angle ε between the fibers of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax
DISTANCES
NOTES
• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2)
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
TBS MAX
XL FLANGE HEAD SCREW
FLANGE HEAD OF INCREASED SIZE
The oversized head provides excellent head pull-through strength and joint tightening capacity.
LONGER THREAD
The oversized thread of the TBS MAX guarantees excellent withdrawal resistance and closing strength of the joint.
RIBBED FLOORS
Thanks to its large head and oversized thread, it is the ideal screw in the production of ribbed floors (Rippendecke). Used in conjunction with SHARP METAL, it optimises the number of fasteners by avoiding the use of presses when gluing timber elements together.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard and MDF panels
• SIP and ribbed panels.
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
8 TX 40 24,5
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
Nominal diameter d 1 [mm]
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
TBS MAX FOR RIB TIMBER
With its increased thread (120 mm) and enlarged head (24,5 mm), the TBS MAX guarantees excellent grip and superb joint closure. Ideal for the production of ribbed floors (Rippendecke), optimising the number of fastenings.
SHARP METAL
Ideal in combination with the SHARP METAL system, as the enlarged head guarantees excellent joint tightening, making the use of presses unnecessary when gluing wooden elements together.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
[mm] 5∙d
a3,t [mm] 15∙d
a3,c [mm] 10∙d
a4,t [mm] 5∙d
a4,c [mm] 5∙d
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d 1 [mm]
[mm]
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
[mm] 10∙d
a4,t [mm] 10∙d
a4,c [mm] 5∙d
[mm]
NOTES
• Minimum distances are in accordance with EN 1995:2014 as per ETA-11/0030 considering a timber characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
SHARP METAL
STEEL HOOKED PLATES
The joint between the two timber elements is made by the mechanical engagement of the metal hooks in the timber. The system is non-invasive can be uninstalled. www.rothoblaas.com
• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
geometry
NOTES | TIMBER
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different ρ k values, the strength on the table (timber-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by the kdens coefficient.
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 97
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible. ε = screw-to-grain angle
STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR AND AXIAL LOADS | CLT
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
a3,c [mm] 6∙d
a4,t [mm] 6∙d
a4,c [mm] 2,5∙d
lateral face narrow face
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.
• Minimum distances are valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min =10∙d1
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values consistent with EN 1995:2014 and in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and panels must be done separately.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB panel or particle board with a SPAN thickness.
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
a3,c [mm] 7∙d
a4,t [mm] 6∙d
• The minimum distances referred to "narrow face" are valid for minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1
NOTES | CLT
• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.
• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for CLT elements and a mass density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.
• The characteristics shear resistance are calculated considering a minimum fixing length of 4 d1
• The characteristic shear strength is independent from the direction of the grain of the CLT panels outer layer.
• The axial thread withdrawal resistance is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1
TBS FRAME
FLAT FLANGE HEAD SCREW
FLAT FLANGE HEAD
The flange head ensures excellent tightening capacity of the joint; the flat shape allows a joint without additional thickness on the wooden surface, thus enabling the fixing of plates on the same element without interference.
SHORT THREAD
The short, fixed-length thread at 1 1/3" (34 mm) is optimised for fastening multi-layer elements (Multi-ply) for lightweight frame construction.
BLACK E-COATING
Coated with black E-coating for easy recognition on site and increased corrosion resistance.
3 THORNS TIP
TBSF is easily installed without pre-drilling hole. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanised carbon steel with black E-Coating
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• multilayer lattice beams
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
Characteristic head-pull-through parameter f
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
MULTILAYER LATTICE
It is available in optimised lengths for fastening 2-, 3- and 4-layer lattice elements of the most common solid timber and LVL dimensions.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [mm]
a 1 [mm] 10∙d
a 2 [mm] 5∙d
a3,t [mm] 15∙d
a3,c [mm] 10∙d
a4,t [mm] 5∙d
a4,c [mm] 5∙d
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
a3,t [mm] 12∙d
a4,c [mm] 3∙d
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
[mm] 5∙d
a3,t [mm] 10∙d
a3,c [mm] 10∙d
a4,t [mm] 10∙d
a4,c [mm] 5∙d
[mm] 3∙d
NOTES
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
APPLICATION EXAMPLES: LIGHTWEIGHT FRAME
• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
• For minimum distances on LVL see TBS on page 81.
screw: TBSF873
timber element: 2 x 38 mm ( 1 1/2'' )
total thickness: 76 mm ( 3 '' )
screw: TBSF8111
timber element:
screw: TBSF8149
timber element: 4 x 38 mm ( 1 1/2'' )
thickness: 152 mm (6 '' )
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
SHEAR TENSION geometry
timber-to-timber
CHARACTERISTIC VALUES EN 1995:2014
STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL
ε = screw-to-grain angle
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• The characteristic shear strengths were evaluated by considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.
NOTES | TIMBER
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° (RV,90,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient (see page 87).
• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 80).
NOTES | LVL
• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 480 kg/m3 has been considered for softwood LVL elements.
• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated for connectors inserted on the side face (wide face) considering, for individual timber elements, a 90° angle between the connector and the grain, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element and a 0° angle between the force and the grain.
• The axial thread-withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grains and the connector.
TBS EVO
FLANGE HEAD SCREW
C4 EVO COATING
Multilayer coating with a surface treatment of epoxy resin and aluminium flakes. No rust after 1440 hours of salt spray exposure test, as per ISO 9227. Can be used in service class 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions.
INTEGRATED WASHER
The flange head serves as washer and ensures high head strength and pullthrough. Ideal in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.
AUTOCLAVE-TREATED TIMBER
The C4 EVO coating has been certified according to US acceptance criterion AC257 for outdoor use in ACQ-treated wood.
T3 TIMBER CORROSIVITY
Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 314).
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
carbon steel with C4 EVO coating
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• ACQ, CCA treated timber
OUTDOOR WALKWAYS
Ideal for the construction of outdoor structures such as walkways and arcades. Values also certified for screw insertion parallel to the grain. Ideal for fastening aggressive woods containing tannins.
SIP PANELS
Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as Microllam® LVL. Suitable for fastening SIP and sandwich panels.
Fastening Wood Trusses outdoors.
GEOMETRY
AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Multi-ply beam fastening.
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
TBSEVO660
WBAZ WASHER
INSTALLATION
TBS EVO + WBAZ fastening package Ø x L [mm]
6 x 60 min. 0 - max. 30
6 x 80 min. 10 - max. 50
6 x 100 min. 30 - max. 70
6 x 120 min. 50 - max. 90
6 x 140 min. 70 - max. 110
6 x 160 min. 90 - max. 130 6 x 180 min. 110 - max. 150 6 x 200 min. 130 - max. 170
NOTE: The thickness of the washer after installation is approximately 8-9 mm. The maximum thickness of the fastening package was calculated by ensuring a minimum penetration length into the wood of 4∙d.
FASTENING METAL SHEET
Can be installed on sheets up to 0,7 mm thick without pre-drilling. TBS EVO Ø6 mm is ideal when used in combination with washer WBAZ. For outdoor use (Service class 3).
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
SHEAR
ε = screw-to-grain angle
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values consistent with EN 1995:2014 and in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and panels must be done separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strength are calculated considering an OSB panel or particle board with a SPAN thickness and density ρk = 500 kg/m3
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.
TENSION
• For minimum distances and structural values on CLT and LVL see TBS on page 76
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
NOTES
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear and tensile strength) can be converted using the kdens coefficient (see page 87).
• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number nef (see page 80).
TBS EVO C5
FLANGE HEAD SCREW
C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. SST (Salt Spray Test) with exposure time greater than 3000h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.
MAXIMUM STRENGTH
It is the screw of choice when high mechanical performance is required under very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions. The wide head provides additional tensile strength, which is ideal in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
LENGTH [mm]
DIAMETER [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
carbon steel with C5 EVO coating with very high corrosion resistance
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
For minimum distances and structural values see TBS EVO on page 102.
LIGHT FRAME & MASS TIMBER
The extensive size range allows a wide variety of applications: from lightweight and lattice frames to the joining of engineered timbers such as LVL and CLT, in the aggressive environments that characterise atmospheric class C5.
COACH SCREW DIN571
CE MARKING
Screws with the CE mark, in accordance with EN 14592.
HEXAGONAL HEAD
Appropriate for use on plates in steel-to-timber applications, thanks to its hexagonal head.
OUTDOOR VERSION
Also available in stainless steel A2 | AISI304 for outdoor use (service class 3).
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard and MDF panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT, LVL
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
13
( * ) Not holding CE marking.
AI571 - A2 | AISI304 VERSION
The stainless steel screws have not been granted the CE mark.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS | KOP
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
• For KOP screws a pre-drill is required as per EN 1995:2014: - pre-drill hole for smooth part of the shank, dimensions
STRUCTURAL VALUES
geometry
timber-to-timber α=0°
SHEAR
timber-to-timber α=90°
α = load-to-grain angle
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2014 and in accordance with EN 14592.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• Mechanical strength values and KOP screw geometry according to CE marking according to EN 14592.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.
• The characteristic shear resistance values are calculated for screws inserted with pre-drilling hole.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.
In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
steel-timber thick plate α=0°
CHARACTERISTIC VALUES
EN 1995:2014
TENSION
steel-timber thick plate α=90° thread withdrawal head pull-through
NOTES
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an angle α between the acting force and the grains of the timber elements of both 0° (R v,0,k ) and 90° (R v,90,k ).
• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle α between the acting force and the grains of the timber element of both 0° (R v,0,k ) and 90° (R v,90,k ).
• The shear strength characteristics on the plate are calculated considering the case of a thick plate (SPLATE = d1 ).
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated by considering an angle α of 90° (Rax,90,k ) between the acting force and the grains of the timber elements.
• During calculation, a thread length of b = 0,6 L is used, with the exception of the measures (*)
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient (see page 87).
• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 80).
SMALL IN SIZE
YET BIG IN PERFORMANCE
NINO, the universal fastening solution for timber walls.
NINO angle brackets introduce the new concept of universal angle brackets into the Rothoblaas range. They combine the simplicity of WBR building angle brackets with the technical quality of TITAN angle brackets.
AXIALLY LOADED CONNECTORS
FULLY THREADED SCREWS
STRENGTH
The strength is proportional to the effective thread length within the timber element.
The connectors guarantee high performance with small diameters. The stresses are distributed, in the form of tangential stresses, along the entire wood surface affected by the screw thread.
For the verification of a connection with axially stressed connectors, it will be necessary to evaluate the limiting strength, depending on the acting load.
The strength of the full thread connector is related to its mechanical performance and the type of wood material in which it is applied.
TIMBER
TENSILE-stressed full thread connectors
TIMBER
TIMBER total thread withdrawal partial thread withdrawal total thread withdrawal
TIMBER
STEEL + TIMBER
COMPRESION-stressed full thread connectors
STIFFNESS
The joint made with full thread connectors, which utilise their axial strength, guarantees very high stiffness, limited element displacements and reduced ductility.
head pull-through
The graph refers to shear tests to control displacement for HBS screws under lateral stress (shear) and crossed VGZ axially loaded screws.
PARTIAL THREAD SCREWS
The strength is proportional to the diameter and is related to the bearing stress of the timber and the yielding of the screw. The partial thread is mainly used to transfer shear forces that stress the screw perpendicular to its axis.
If the screw is under tensile stress, the pull-through strength of the head must be taken into account, which is often a constraint compared to the withdrawal resistance of the threaded part and compared to the tensile strength on the steel side.
STEEL
tension/head separation
APPLICATIONS
To optimise the performance of full thread or double thread connectors, it is essential to use them in such a way that they are subjected to axial stress. The load is distributed parallel to the axis of the connectors along the effective thread portion. They are used to transfer shear and sliding stresses, for structural reinforcement or for fixing continuous insulation.
CROSSED SCREWS
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SHEAR JOINT
CONNECTORS
VGZ or VGS
INSERTION
45° to the shear plane
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension and compression
INCLINED SCREWS
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SHEAR JOINT
CONNECTORS
VGZ or VGS
INSERTION
45° to the shear plane
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SLIDING JOINT
CONNECTORS
VGZ or VGS
INSERTION
45° to the shear plane
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension
STEEL-TIMBER SLIDING JOINT
CONNECTORS
VGS (with VGU)
INSERTION
45° to the shear plane
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension
CONCRETE-TIMBER SLIDING JOINT
CONNECTORS CTC
INSERTION
45° to the shear plane
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension
STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT
Wood is an anisotropic material. Therefore, it has different mechanical characteristics depending on the direction of the grain and the stress. It provides less strength and stiffness for stresses orthogonal to the grain, but can be reinforced with full thread connectors (VGS, VGZ or RTR).
NOTCHED BEAM
TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT
Tension perpendicular to the grains
INSERTION
90° to the grains
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS
Tension
BEAM WITH HANGING LOAD
TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT
Tension perpendicular to the grains
INSERTION
90° to the grains
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS
Tension
FAILURE REINFORCEMENT
FAILURE REINFORCEMENT
SPECIAL BEAM (curved, tapered, with double inclination)
TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT
Tension perpendicular to the grains
INSERTION
90° to the grains
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS
Tension
BEAM WITH OPENINGS
TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT
Tension perpendicular to the grains
INSERTION
90° to the grains
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS
Tension
SUPPORT BEAM
TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT
Compression perpendicular to the grains
INSERTION
90° to the grains
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS
Compression
FAILURE REINFORCEMENT
FAILURE REINFORCEMENT
FAILURE REINFORCEMENT
FASTENING FOR CONTINUOUS INSULATION
Installation of a continuous layer of insulation guarantees excellent energy performance, limiting thermal bridges. Efficiency is bound to the use of appropriate fastening systems (ex. DGZ), suitably designed.
SLIDING OF INSULATION AND COATING
The connectors for fixing insulation prevent the package from sliding due to the load component parallel to the pitch, resulting in damage to the roof system and loss of insulating power.
CRUSHING OF INSULATION
PROBLEM SOLUTION
PROBLEM SOLUTION
ROOFING AND FAÇADE APPLICATIONS
If insulation does not have sufficient compressive strength, the connectors with double threads effectively transfer the loads and prevent crushing with consequent loss of insulating power of the package. COVER
SOFT INSULATION
Low compression resistance (σ (10%) < 50 kPa (EN 826)
HARD INSULATION
High compression resistance σ (10%) ≥ 50 kPa (EN 826)
SOFT OR HARD CONTINUOUS INSULATION
The continuous insulation does not support the load component perpendicular to the layer (N).
The continuous insulation supports the load component perpendicular to the layer (N);
Fasteners must withstand both wind actions (±N) and transfer vertical forces (F).
LEGEND: A. Tensile-stressed screw. B. Compression-stressed screw. C. Additional screw for suction pressure.
NOTE: Adequate batten thickness makes it possible to optimise the number of fastenings.
FULL
THREADED SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS
Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° ÷ 90°). Cyclical SEISMIC-REV tests according to EN 12512.
CYLINDRICAL HEAD
It allows the screw to penetrate and pass through the surface of the wood substrate. Ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements. It is the right choice to ensure strength in fire conditions.
TIMBER FRAME
Also ideal for joining small timber elements such as the crossbeams and uprights of light frame structures.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels • solid timber • glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
STRUCTURAL RESTORATION
Ideal for coupling beams in structural renovations and new works. Can also be used parallel to the grain thanks to the special approval.
CLT, LVL
Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as Microllam® LVL.
Very high stiffness in side-by-side joining of CLT floors.
Application with double inclination at 45°, perfect combined with the JIG VGZ template.
Reinforcement orthogonal to grain for hanging load due to joining of main-secondary beams.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
| L > 520 mm
| L > 600 mm
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
[mm]
VGZ780 80 70 25
VGZ7100 100 90 25
VGZ7120 120 110 25
VGZ7140 140 130 25
VGZ7160 160 150 25
VGZ7180 180 170 25
VGZ7200 200 190 25
VGZ7220 220 210 25
VGZ7240 240 230 25
VGZ7260 260 250 25
VGZ7280 280 270 25
VGZ7300 300 290 25
VGZ7320 320 310 25
VGZ7340 340 330 25
VGZ7360 360 350 25
VGZ7380 380 370 25
VGZ7400 400 390 25
VGZ9160 160 150 25
VGZ9180 180 170 25
VGZ9200 200 190 25
VGZ9220 220 210 25
VGZ9240 240 230 25
VGZ9260 260 250 25
VGZ9280 280 270 25
VGZ9300 300 290 25
VGZ9320 320 310 25
VGZ9340 340 330 25
VGZ9360 360 350 25
VGZ9380 380 370 25
VGZ9400 400 390 25
VGZ9440 440 430 25
VGZ9480 480 470 25
VGZ9520 520 510 25
VGZ9560 560 550 25
VGZ9600 600 590 25
VGZ11150
VGZ11300 300 290 25
VGZ11325 325 315 25
VGZ11350 350 340 25
VGZ11375 375 365 25
VGZ11400 400 390 25
VGZ11425 425 415 25
VGZ11450 450 440 25
VGZ11475 475 465 25
VGZ11500 500 490 25
VGZ11525 525 515 25
VGZ11550 550 540 25
VGZ11575 575 565 25
VGZ11600 600 590 25
VGZ11650 650 640 25
VGZ11700 700 690 25
VGZ11750 750 740 25
VGZ11800 800 790 25
VGZ11850 850 840 25
VGZ11900 900 890 25
VGZ11950 950 940 25
VGZ111000 1000 990 25
RELATED PRODUCTS
JIG VGZ 45°
TEMPLATE FOR 45° SCREWS page 409
JIG VGZ 45° TEMPLATE
Installation at 45° using the JIG VGZ steel template.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES | TIMBER
screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
CROSSED SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
NOTES
• Minimum distances according to ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum distances are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain.
• The axial distance a2 can be reduced down to a2,LIM if for each connector a “joint surface” a1 a2 = 25 d1 2 is maintained.
• For main beam-secondary beam joints with VGZ screws d = 7 mm inclined or crossed, inserted at an angle of 45° to the secondary beam head, with a minimum secondary beam height of 18 d, the minimum distance a1,CG can be taken equal to 8∙d1 anc the minimum distance a2,CG equal to 3∙d1
EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION
• For 3 THORNS tip and self-drilling tip screws, the minimum distances in the table are derived from experimental tests; alternatively, adopt a1,CG = 10∙d and a2,CG = 4∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
b = S g,tot = L - 10 mm represents the entire length of the threaded part
S g = (L - 10 mm - 10 mm - Tol.)/ 2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance (Tol.) of 10 mm
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α = 0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system.
For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a 1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 169).
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
TENSION / COMPRESSION
letto parziale
d1
ε = screw-to-grain angle
NOTES
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient.
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax
R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V
ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380 385
R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation. GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 143
ε = screw-to-grain angle
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
ε
NOTES
• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient.
R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax
R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V
R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V
ρ k [kg/m3 ]
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 143
STRUCTURAL VALUES | CROSSED CONNECTORS
MAIN BEAM-SECONDARY BEAM SHEAR CONNECTION
STRUCTURAL VALUES | CROSSED CONNECTORS
MAIN BEAM-SECONDARY BEAM SHEAR CONNECTION
NOTES
• The compression design strength of the connectors is the lower between the withdrawal-side design strength (RV1,d) and the instability design strength (RV2,d).
RV,d = min
RV1,k kmod
γM
RV2,k
γM1
• The values given are calculated considering a distance a1,CG ≥ 5d.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficients previously indicated:
R’V1,k = RV1,k kdens,ax
R’V2,k = RV2,k kdens,ki
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
• The assembly figure (m) is valid in the case of symmetrical installation of the connectors flush over the elements.
• The connectors must be inserted at 45° with respect to the shear plane.
• The strength values in the table for connections with several pairs of crossed screws are already inclusive of n ef,ax
GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 143
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR CROSSED CONNECTORS
screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• For main beam-secondary beam joints with VGZ screws d = 7 mm inclined or crossed, inserted at an angle of 45° to the secondary beam head, with a minimum secondary beam height of 18 d, the minimum distance a1,CG can be taken equal to 8∙d1 anc the minimum distance a2,CG equal to 3∙d1
• For 3 THORNS tip and self-drilling tip screws, the minimum distances in the table are derived from experimental tests; alternatively, adopt a1,CG = 10∙d and a2,CG = 4∙d in accordance with EN1995:2014.
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR AXIALLY STRESSED CONNECTOR PAIRS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system.
For a connection with n pairs of crossed screws, the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef,ax n PAIRS 2 3 4 5 6
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n (number of pairs).
Complete calculation reports for designing in wood? Download MyProject and simplify your work!
INSTALLATION SUGGESTIONS
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER JOINT WITH CROSSED CONNECTORS
TIGHTENING THE JOINT
For correct installation of the joint, we recommend tightening the elements before inserting the connectors.
INSERTION OF CONNECTORS
To ensure the correct positioning and inclination of the VGZ screws, we recommend using the JIGVGZ45 template.
Insert a partially threaded screw (e.g. HBS680) to bring the elements closer together.
After tightening about one third of the screw, remove the JIGVGZ45 template and continue with the installation.
The HBS screw eliminated the initial gap between the elements. After positioning the VGZ connectors, it can be removed.
Repeat the procedure to install the inserted screw from the main beam to the secondary beam.
JOINT BETWEEN CLT PANELS WITH CONNECTORS INCLINED IN BOTH DIRECTIONS (45°-45°)
To ensure the correct positioning and inclination of the VGZ screws, we recommend using the JIGVGZ45 template positioned at 45° to the panel head.
RELATED PRODUCTS
After tightening about one third of the screw, remove the JIGVGZ45 template and continue with the installation.
Repeat the procedure to install the screw in the adjoining panel and continue this alternating sequence according to the distances provided in the design.
STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT
STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT
SLIDING
STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT
NOTES | CLT
• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.
• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for CLT elements and a mass density of ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.
• The axial thread withdrawal resistance in the narrow face is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1
• The characteristic sliding strengths of the connectors inserted in the lateral face of the CLT panel were evaluated considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains and the connector, since it was not possible to define the thickness and orientation of the individual layers in advance.
SLIDING
• The characteristic sliding strengths of the connectors inserted with double inclination (45°-45°) were evaluated considering an ε angle of 60° between the grains and the connector; in fact, the geometry of the joint requires that the connectors have to be inserted at an angle of 45° with respect to the face of the CLT panel and at an angle of 45° with respect to the shear plane between the two panels. The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended for professional installation of the connectors in this application.
• Connectors instability must be verified separately.
PRINCIPLES on page 143
STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL
STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL
STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL
STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL
SLIDING
SHEAR
NOTES
• For the calculation process, a mass density of ρ k = 480 kg/m3 has been considered for the softwood LVL elements and a mass density of ρk = 385 kg/m3 has been considered for timber elements.
• The axial "wide"thread withdrawal resistance was evaluated considering an angle of 90° between the fibers and the connector and is valid in application with LVLs in both parallel and cross grain veneer beams.
• The axial "edge" thread withdrawal resistance was evaluated considering an angle of 90° between the fibers and the connector and is valid in application with parallel veneer LVLs.
• Minimum height LVL h LVL,min= 100 mm for VGZ connectors Ø7 and h LVL,min = 120 mm for VGZ connectors Ø9.
• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering, for individual timber elements, a 45° angle between the connector and the grain and a 45° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element.
• The characteristic shear strengths were evaluated by considering, for individual timber elements, a 90° angle between the connector and the grain, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element and a 0° angle between the force and the grain.
• Connectors instability must be verified separately.
PRINCIPLES on page 143
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR AND AXIAL LOADS | CLT
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
[mm]
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.
• Minimum distances are valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min =10∙d1
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | LVL
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
[mm]
a3,c [mm] 15∙d 105
a4,t [mm] 7∙d 49
a4,c [mm] 7∙d 49
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• Minimum distances are obtained from experimental tests carried out at Eurofins Expert Services Oy, Espoo, Finland (Report EUFI29-19000819-T1/T2). lateral face
• The minimum distances referred to "narrow face" are valid for minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES | LVL
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
wide face
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO
GRAIN (wide face)
edge face
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN (edge face)
plan
a1,CG a1,CG a1 a1 a1,CG a1
a2,CG t a1,CG a1,CG a1 a1 h
NOTES
• The minimum distances for Ø7 and Ø9 screws with 3 THORNS bit are compliant with ETA11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the LVL panels.
For Ø11 or self-drilling bit screws, the minimum distances are obtained from experimental tests carried out at Eurofins Expert Services Oy, Espoo, Finland (Report EUFI29-19000819-T1/T2).
• The minimum distances referred to edge face for screws d = 7 mm are valid for minimum thickness LVL tLVL,min = 45 mm and minimum height LVL h LVL,min = 100 mm.
The minimum distances referred to edge face for screws d = 9 mm are valid for minimum thickness LVL tLVL,min = 57 mm and minimum height LVL h LVL,min = 120 mm.
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γM
Rtens,k
γM2
• The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the instability design strength (Rki,d).
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γM
Rki,k
γM1
• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected at 45°. (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:
RV,k kmod
RV,d = min γM γM2
Rtens,45,k
• The design shear strength of the connector is obtained from the characteristic value as follows:
RV,d = RV,k kmod γM
• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal strengths were evaluated considering a penetration length of S g,tot or S g , as shown in the table. For intermediate values of S g it is possible to linearly interpolate. A minimum penetration length of 4-d1 is considered.
• The shear srength and sliding values were evaluated considering the centre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
VGZ EVO
FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD
C4 EVO COATING
Multilayer coating with a surface treatment of epoxy resin and aluminium flakes. No rust after 1440 hours of salt spray exposure test, as per ISO 9227. Can be used in service class 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions.
AUTOCLAVE-TREATED TIMBER
The C4 EVO coating has been certified according to US acceptance criterion AC257 for outdoor use with ACQ-treated timber.
STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS
Deep thread and high resistance steel (fy,k = 1000 N/mm2) for excellent tensile performance. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° - 90°). Reduced minimum distances.
CYLINDRICAL HEAD
It allows the screw to penetrate and pass through the surface of the wood substrate. Ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements. It is the right choice for increased fire performance.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• ACQ, CCA treated timber
TRUSS & RAFTER JOINTS
Ideal for joining small timber elements such as the crossbeams and uprights of light frame structures. Certified for application parallel to the grain and with reduced minimum distances.
TIMBER STUDS
Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as Microllam® LVL. Ideal for fastening I-Joist beams.
Fastening the uprights of light frame structures with VGZ EVO Ø5 mm.
GEOMETRY
AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
d 1 CODE L b pcs [mm] [mm] [mm]
5,3
TX 25
VGZEVO580 80 70 50
VGZEVO5100 100 90 50
VGZEVO5120 120 110 50
VGZEVO5140 140 130 50
5,6 TX 25
VGZEVO5150 150 140 50
VGZEVO5160 160 150 50
VGZEVO780 80 70 25
VGZEVO7100 100 90 25
VGZEVO7120 120 110 25
VGZEVO7140 140 130 25
VGZEVO7160 160 150 25
VGZEVO7180 180 170 25
VGZEVO7200 200 190 25
VGZEVO11250 250 240 25
VGZEVO11300 300 290 25
VGZEVO11350 350 340 25
VGZEVO11400 400 390 25
VGZEVO11450 450 440 25
VGZEVO11500 500 490 25
VGZEVO11550 550 540 25
VGZEVO11600 600 590 25
7
TX 30
VGZEVO7220 220 210 25
VGZEVO7240 240 230 25
VGZEVO7260 260 250 25
VGZEVO7280 280 270 25
VGZEVO7300 300 290 25
VGZEVO7340 340 330 25
VGZEVO7380 380 370 25
VGZEVO9160 160 150 25
VGZEVO9180 180 170 25
VGZEVO9200 200 190 25
VGZEVO9220 220 210 25
VGZEVO9240 240 230 25
VGZEVO9260 260 250 25
VGZEVO9280 280 270 25
VGZEVO9300 300 290 25
9
TX 40
VGZEVO9320 320 310 25
VGZEVO9340 340 330 25
VGZEVO9360 360 350 25
VGZEVO9380 380 370 25
VGZEVO9400 400 390 25
VGZEVO9440 440 430 25
VGZEVO9480 480 470 25
VGZEVO9520 520 510 25
RELATED PRODUCTS
JIG VGZ 45°
TEMPLATE FOR 45° SCREWS page 409
OUTDOOR STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE
Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as Microllam® LVL. Ideal for fastening timber-framed panels and lattice beams (Rafter, Truss).
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES
screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
a 2,LIM [mm] 2,5∙d
a1,CG [mm] 8∙d
a 2,CG [mm] 3∙d 16
a
SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
CROSSED SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
NOTES
• Minimum distances according to ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum distances are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain.
• The axial distance a2 can be reduced down to a2,LIM if for each connector a “joint surface” a1 a2 = 25 d1 2 is maintained.
• For main beam-secondary beam joints with VGZ screws d = 7 mm inclined or crossed, inserted at an angle of 45° to the secondary beam head, with a minimum secondary beam height of 18 d, the minimum distance a1,CG can be taken equal to 8∙d1 anc the minimum distance a2,CG equal to 3∙d1
EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION
• For 3 THORNS tip the minimum distances in the table are derived from experimental tests; alternatively, adopt a1,CG = 10∙d and a2,CG = 4∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
b = S g,tot = L - 10 mm represents the entire length of the threaded part
S g = (L - 10 mm - 10 mm - Tol.)/ 2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance (Tol.) of 10 mm
ε = screw-to-grain angle
ε = screw-to-grain angle
STRUCTURAL VALUES | FURTHER APPLICATIONS
SHEAR CONNECTION WITH CROSSED CONNECTORS
STRUCTURAL VALUES on page 130
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γM
Rtens,k
γM2
• The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the instability design strength (Rki,d).
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γM
Rki,k
γM1
• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected at 45°. (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:
RV,k kmod
RV,d = min γM
Rtens,45,k
γM2
• The design shear strength of the connector is obtained from the characteristic value as follows:
RV,d = RV,k kmod
γM
• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal strengths were evaluated considering a penetration length of S g,tot or S g , as shown in the table. For intermediate values of S g it is possible to linearly interpolate. A minimum penetration length of 4-d1 is considered.
• The shear srength and sliding values were evaluated considering the centre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
CONNECTIONS WITH CLT AND LVL ELEMENTS
STRUCTURAL VALUES on page 134
NOTES
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table (withdrawal, compression, sliding and shear) can be converted via the kdens coefficient.
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax
R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V
R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V
ρ k [kg/m3 ]
kdens,v 0,90 0,98 1,00 1,02 1,05
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
VGZ EVO C5
FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD
C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. Salt Spray Test (SST) with exposure time greater than 3000 h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
MAXIMUM STRENGTH
It is the screw of choice if high mechanical performance is required under very adverse atmospheric corrosive conditions. The cylindrical head makes it ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements.
LENGTH [mm]
DIAMETER [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL carbon steel with C5 EVO coating with very high corrosion resistance
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
VGZEVO7140C5
VGZEVO7180C5
VGZEVO7220C5
VGZEVO7260C5
VGZEVO7300C5
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
SEASIDE BUILDINGS
Ideal for fastening elements with small cross-sections close to the sea. Certified for application parallel to the grain and with reduced minimum distances.
THE HIGHEST PERFORMANCE
The strength and robustness of a VGZ combined with the best anti-corrosion performance.
VGZ HARDWOOD
FULLY THREADED SCREW FOR HARDWOODS
HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION
Special tip with diamond geometry and notched, serrated thread. ETA11/0030 certification for use with high-density wood without pre-drilling hole or with an appropriate pilot hole. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° ÷ 90°).
HYBRID SOFTWOOD-HARDWOOD
The high-strength steel and the increased screw diameter allow excellent tensile and torsional performance to be achieved, thus ensuring safe screwing in high-density wood.
INCREASED DIAMETER
Deep thread and high resistance steel for excellent tensile performance. Characteristics that, together with an excellent torsional moment value, guarantee screwing in the highest densities of wood.
CYLINDRICAL HEAD
Ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements. Improved performance in fire conditions compared to countersunk head.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• hybrid engineered timbers (softwood-hardwood)
• beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo
HARDWOOD PERFORMANCE
Geometry developed for high performance and use without pre-drilling on structural woods such as beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo.
BEECH LVL
Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods such as beechwood Microllam® LVL. Certified for use for densities of up to 800 kg/m3
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
VGZH6320
VGZH6420
NOTES: upon request, EVO version is available.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
Withdrawal
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES
screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
a CROSS [mm] 1,5∙d
SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
CROSS SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
NOTES
• Minimum distances according to ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum distances are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain.
EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION
• The axial distance a2 can be reduced down to a2,LIM if for each connector a “joint surface” a1 a2 = 25 d1 2 is maintained.
b = S g,tot = L - 10 mm represents the entire length of the threaded part
S g = (L - 10 mm - 10 mm - Tol.)/ 2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance (Tol.) of 10 mm
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 35
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances are in accordance with the EN 1995:2014 standard, according to ETA-11/0030, considering a timber characteristic density of 420 < ρ k ≤ 500 kg/m3
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system.
For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a 1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 169).
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER(SOFTWOOD)
ε = screw-to-grain angle
ε = screw-to-grain angle
STRUCTURAL VALUES | HARDWOOD
TENSION
ε = screw-to-grain angle
ε = screw-to-grain angle
STRUCTURAL VALUES | BEECH LVL
STRUCTURAL VALUES | HYBRID CONNECTIONS
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γM
Rtens,k
γM2
• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected at 45°. (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:
RV,k kmod
RV,d = min γM
Rtens,45,k
γM2
• The design shear strength of the connector is obtained from the characteristic value as follows:
RV,d = RV,k kmod
γM
• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• A suitable pilot hole may be required for the insertion of some connectors. For further details please see ETA-11/0030.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal strengths were evaluated considering a penetration length of S g,TOT or S g , as shown in the table. For intermediate values of S g it is possible to linearly interpolate.
• The shear srength and sliding values were evaluated considering the centre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane, unless otherwise specified.
• Connectors instability must be verified separately.
NOTES | TIMBER
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient (see page 127).
NOTES | HARDWOOD
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.
• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 550 kg/m3 has been considered for hardwood (oak) elements.
• Screws longer than the maximum value in the table do not comply with the installation requirements and are therefore not reported.
NOTES | BEECH LVL
• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering, for individual timber elements, a 45° angle between the connector and the grain and a 45° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element.
• The characteristic shear strengths were evaluated by considering, for individual timber elements, a 90° angle between the connector and the grain, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element and a 0° angle between the force and the grain.
• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 730 kg/m3 has been considered for LVL beech elements.
• The characteristic strength are calculated for screws inserted without and with pre-drilling hole.
• Screws longer than the maximum value in the table do not comply with the installation requirements and are therefore not reported.
NOTES | HYBRID
• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering, for individual timber elements, a 45° angle between the connector and the grain and a 45° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element.
• The characteristic strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.
• The geometry of the connection is designed to ensure balanced strengths between the two timber elements.
FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.
Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
CERTIFICATION FOR TIMBER AND CONCRETE
Structural connector approved for timber applications according to ETA-11/0030 and for timber-concrete applications according to ETA-22/0806.
TENSILE STRENGTH
Deep thread and high strength steel for excellent tensile or sliding performance. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° ÷ 90°).
Can be used on steel plates in combination with the VGU and HUS washers.
COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD
Countersunk head up to L = 600 mm, ideal for use on plates or for concealed reinforcements. Hexagonal head L > 600 mm to facilitate gripping with screwdriver.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
TC FUSION
The ETA-22/0806 approval of the TC FUSION system allows the VGS screws to be used together with the reinforcements in the concrete so that the panel floor slabs and the bracing core can be bonded together with a small integration of the casting.
Characteristic yield strength fy,k [N/mm 2]
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
The mechanical parameters for VGS Ø15 are obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests.
Calculation density ρ k [kg/m3 ] ≤
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
TC FUSION SYSTEM FOR TIMBER-CONCRETE APPLICATION
Tangential strength of adhesion in concrete
For applications with different materials please see ETA-22/0806
CODES
VGS9100 100 90 25
VGS9120 120 110 25
VGS9140 140 130 25
VGS9160 160 150 25
VGS9180 180 170 25
VGS9200 200 190 25
VGS9220 220 210 25
VGS9240 240 230 25
VGS9260 260 250 25
VGS9280 280 270 25
VGS9300 300 290 25
1 CODE L b pcs [mm] [mm] [mm] 9 TX40
VGS9320 320 310 25
VGS9340 340 330 25
VGS9360 360 350 25
VGS9380 380 370 25
VGS9400 400 390 25
VGS9440 440 430 25
VGS9480 480 470 25
VGS9520 520 510 25
VGS9560 560 550 25
13
SW 19 TX 50
VGS1380 80 70 25
VGS13100 100 90 25
VGS13150 150 140 25
VGS13200 200 190 25
VGS13250 250 240 25
VGS13300 300 280 25
VGS13350 350 330 25
VGS13400 400 380 25
VGS13450 450 430 25
VGS13500 500 480 25
VGS13550 550 530 25
VGS13600 600 580 25
VGS13650 650 630 25
VGS13700 700 680 25
VGS13750 750 730 25
VGS13800 800 780 25
VGS13850 850 830 25
VGS13900 900 880 25
VGS13950 950 930 25
VGS131000 1000 980 25
VGS131100 1100 1080 25
VGS1180 80 70 25
VGS11100 100 90 25
VGS11125 125 115 25
VGS11150 150 140 25
VGS11175 175 165 25
VGS11200 200 190 25
VGS11225 225 215 25
VGS11250 250 240 25
VGS11275 275 265 25
VGS11300 300 290 25
VGS11325 325 315 25
VGS9600 600 590 25 11 TX 50
VGS11350 350 340 25
VGS11375 375 365 25
VGS11400 400 390 25
VGS11425 425 415 25
VGS11450 450 440 25
VGS11475 475 465 25
VGS11500 500 490 25
VGS11525 525 515 25
VGS11550 550 540 25
VGS11575 575 565 25
15 SW 21 TX 50
VGS131200 1200 1180 25
VGS131300 1300 1280 25
VGS131400 1400 1380 25
VGS131500 1500 1480 25
VGS15600 600 580 25
VGS15700 700 680 25
VGS15800 800 780 25
VGS15900 900 880 25
VGS151000 1000 980 25
VGS151200 1200 1180 25
VGS151400 1400 1380 25
VGS151600 1600 1580 25
VGS151800 1800 1780 25
VGS152000 2000 1980 25
RELATED PRODUCTS
45° WASHER FOR VGS
VGS11650 650 630 25
VGS11700 700 680 25
VGS11750 750 680 25
VGS11600 600 590 25 11
SW 17
TX 50
VGS11800 800 780 25
VGS11850 850 830 25
VGS11900 900 880 25
VGS11950 950 930 25
VGS111000 1000 980 25
LIMITER
TORQUE LIMITER page 408
HOOK FOR TIMBER ELEMENTS TRANSPORT page 190 page 413
screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
CROSS SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
NOTES
• Minimum distances according to ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum distances are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain.
• The axial distance a2 can be reduced down to a2,LIM if for each connector a “joint surface” a1∙a2 = 25∙d1 2 is maintained.
EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION
• For 3 THORNS tip, RBSN and self-drilling tip screws, the minimum distances in the table are derived from experimental tests; alternatively, adopt a1,CG = 10∙d and a2,CG = 4∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
represents the entire length of the threaded part
S g = (L - tK - 10 mm - Tol.)/2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• Minimum distances are in accordance with EN 1995:2014 as per ETA11/0030 considering a timber characteristic density of ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
STRUCTURAL VALUES | FURTHER APPLICATIONS
SHEAR CONNECTION WITH CROSSED CONNECTORS
VGS Ø9 - 11 mm
STRUCTURAL VALUES on page 130
CONNECTIONS WITH CLT ELEMENTS
VGS Ø9 - 11 mm
STRUCTURAL VALUES on page 134
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR AXIAL STRESSES
SLIDING CONNECTION WITH VGU WASHER
VGS Ø9 - 11 - 13 mm
STRUCTURAL VALUES on page 192
CONNECTIONS WITH LVL ELEMENTS
VGS Ø9 - 11 mm
STRUCTURAL VALUES on page 138
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system.
For a connection with inclined screws, the characteristic effective sliding load-bearing capacity for a row of n screws is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef,ax
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n (number of screws in a row).
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TC FUSION
TENSILE CONNECTION CLT - CONCRETE
[mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [kN] 9
200 85 6,32 100
220 105 7,65 100
240 125 8,95 100
260 145 10,22 100
280 165 11,49 100
300 185 12,73 100
320 205 13,96 100
340 225 15,18 100
360 245 16,39 100
380 265 17,59 100
400 285 18,78 100
440 325 21,14 100
480 365 23,47 100
520 405 25,40 100
560 445 25,40 100
600 485 25,40 100
225 110 9,36 100
250 135 11,26 100
275 160 13,12 100
300 185 14,95 100
325 210 16,75 100
350 235 18,54 100
375 260 20,31 100
400 285 22,05 100
425 310 23,79 100
450 335 25,51 100
475 360 27,22 100
500 385 28,91 100
525 410 30,59 100
550 435 32,27 100
575 460 33,93 100
600 485 35,59 100
650 535 38,00 100
700 585 38,00 100
750 635 38,00 100
800 685 38,00 100
850 735 38,00 100
900 785 38,00 100
950 835 38,00 100
1000 885 38,00 100
TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE JOINT SYSTEM
The innovation of VGS, VGZ and RTR all-thread connectors for timber-concrete applications.
Find it out on page 270
TENSILE CONNECTION CLT - CONCRETE
EN 1995:2014
300 165 15,41 120
350 215 19,56 120
400 265 23,61 120
450 315 27,58 120
500 365 31,50 120
550 415 35,35 120
600 465 39,16 120
650 515 42,93 120
700 565 46,67 120
750 615 50,37 120
800 665 53,00 120
850 715 53,00 120
900 765 53,00 120 950 815 53,00 120 1000 865 53,00 120 1100 965 53,00 120
1065 53,00 120
1165 53,00 120
1265 53,00 120
1365 53,00 120
NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 176
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).
Rax,k kmod
NOTES | TIMBER
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The plate thickness (SPLATE) are understood to be the minimum values to allow the countersunk head of the screw to be accommodated.
Rtens,k
Rax,d = min γM γM2
• The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the instability design strength (Rki,d).
Rax,k kmod
Rki,k
Rax,d = min γM γM1
• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:
RV,k kmod
RV,d = min γM γM2
Rtens,45,k
• The design shear strength of the connector is obtained from the characteristic value as follows:
RV,d = RV,k kmod γM
• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal strengths were evaluated considering a penetration length of S g,tot or S g , as shown in the table. For intermediate values of S g it is possible to linearly interpolate.
• The shear srength and sliding values were evaluated considering the centre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• The values in the table are evaluated considering mechanical strength parameters of the Ø15 VGS screws obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests.
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table (withdrawal, compression, sliding and shear) can be converted via the kdens coefficient.
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax
R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V
R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
NOTES | TC FUSION
• Characteristic values according to ETA-22/0806.
• The axial thread withdrawal resistance in the narrow face is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1
• Connectors with shorter lengths than those in the table do not comply with the minimum penetration depth requirements and are not reported.
• A concrete grade of C25/30 was considered in the calculation. For applications with different materials please see ETA-22/0806.
• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the concrete-side design strength (Rax,C,d).
Rax,0,k kmod
Rax,d = min γM
Rax,C,k
γM,concrete
• The concrete element must have adequate reinforcement bars.
• The connectors must be arranged at a maximum distance of 300 mm.
LONG SCREWS
Thanks to CATCH, even longer screws can be screwed on quickly and safely without the risk of the bit slipping. Can be combined with TORQUE LIMITER.
VGS + VGU
The JIG VGU template makes it easy to prepare a 45° angle pre-drill, thus facilitating subsequent tightening of the VGS screws inside the washer. A pre-drill length of at least 20 mm is recommended.
To ensure control of the applied torque, the correct TORQUE LIMITER model must be used depending on the chosen connector.
VGS +WASPL
Insert the screw so that the head protrudes 15 mm and engage the WASPL hook.
After lifting, the WASPL hook releases quickly and easily ready for use again.
IMPORTANCE OF THE PILOT HOLE
Deviation of the screw from the direction of screwing often occurs during installation. This phenomenon is linked to the very conformation of the wood material, which is inhomogeneous and non-uniform, e.g. due to the localised presence of knots or physical properties dependent on grain direction. The operator's skill also plays an important role.
The use of pilot holes facilitates the insertion of screws, particularly long ones, allowing a very precise insertion direction.
In the case of installation of screws used in timber-to-timber (softwood) structural connections, a pulse screw gun/screwdriver can also be used.
STEEL-TO-TIMBER APPLICATION
Respect the insertion angle with the help of a pilot hole and/or installation template.
Do not hammer the screw tips into the timber.
The screw cannot be reused.
In general, it is recommended to install the connector in a single operation, without stopping and restarting which could create additional stress in the screw.
The use of pulse screw guns/impact wrenches is not permitted.
Ensure correct tightening. We recommend the use of torque-controlled screwdrivers, e.g. with TORQUE LIMITER. Alternatively, tighten with a torque wrench.
After installation, the fasteners can be inspected using a torque wrench.
Avoid bending.
SHAPED PLATE
Countersunk hole.
The installation of multiple screws must be performed to guarantee that loads are distributed evenly to all fasteners.
Shrinkage or swelling of timber elements due to changes in moisture content must be avoided.
Avoid dimensional changes in the metal, e.g. due to large temperature fluctuations.
WASHERS
Inclined countersunk hole.
Cylindrical hole with countersunk washer HUS.
Cylindrical hole. Slotted hole with VGU washer.
APPLICATION EXAMPLES: REINFORCEMENT
TAPERED BEAMS
apex tension reinforcement perpendicular to grain
HANGING LOAD
tension reinforcement perpendicular to grain
NOTCH
tension reinforcement perpendicular to grain
SUPPORT compression reinforcement perpendicular to grain
VGS EVO
FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD
C4 EVO COATING
Surface treatment of epoxy resin and aluminium flakes. No rust after 1440 hours of salt spray exposure test, as per ISO 9227. Can be used in service class 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions.
STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS
Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° - 90°). Safety certified by numerous tests carried out for any direction of insertion. Cyclical SEISMIC-REV tests according to EN 12512. Countersunk head up to L = 600 mm, ideal for use on plates or for concealed reinforcements.
AUTOCLAVE-TREATED TIMBER
The C4 EVO coating has been certified according to US acceptance criterion AC257 for outdoor use with ACQ-treated timber.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• ACQ, CCA treated timber
OUTDOOR STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE
Ideal for fastening timber framed panels and trusses (Rafter, Truss). Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods. Ideal for fastening timber-framed panels and lattice beams (Rafter, Truss).
CLT & LVL
Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as Microllam® LVL.
DIMENSIONS
VGSEVO9120 120 110 25
VGSEVO9160 160 150 25
VGSEVO9200 200 190 25
VGSEVO9240 240 230 25
VGSEVO9280 280 270 25
VGSEVO9320 320 310 25
VGSEVO13400 400 380 25
VGSEVO13500 500 480 25
VGSEVO11100 100 90 25
VGSEVO11150 150 140 25
VGSEVO11200 200 190 25
VGSEVO11250 250 240 25
VGSEVO11300 300 290 25
VGSEVO9360 360 350 25 11 TX 50
VGSEVO11350 350 340 25
VGSEVO11400 400 390 25
VGSEVO11500 500 490 25
VGSEVO11600 600 590 25 CODES AND
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
VGSEVO13600 600 580 25 13 SW 19 TX 50 VGSEVO13700 700
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood. (2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [mm] 9 11 d 1 [mm] 13 d 1 [mm]
SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
CROSS SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
NOTES
• Minimum distances according to ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum distances are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain.
• The axial distance a2 can be reduced down to a2,LIM if for each connector a “joint surface” a1 a2 = 25 d1 2 is maintained.
EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION
• For 3 THORNS tip, RBSN and self-drilling tip screws, the minimum distances in the table are derived from experimental tests; alternatively, adopt a1,CG = 10∙d and a2,CG = 4∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
• For minimum distances for shear load screws see VGS on page 169
b = S g,tot = L - tK represents the entire length of the threaded part
S g = (L - tK - 10 mm - Tol.)/2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance (Tol.) of 10 mm tK = 10 mm (countersunk head) tK = 20 mm (hexagonal head)
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
NOTES
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The plate thickness (SPLATE) are understood to be the minimum values to allow the head of the screw to be accommodated.
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table (withdrawal, compression, sliding and shear) can be converted via the kdens coefficient.
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax
R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V
R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V
ρ
[kg/m3
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
SLIDING SHEAR
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γM
Rtens,k
γM2
• The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the instability design strength (Rki,d).
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γM
Rki,k
γM1
• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:
RV,k kmod
RV,d = min γM
Rtens,45,k
γM2
• The design shear strength of the connector is obtained from the characteristic value as follows:
RV,d = RV,k kmod γM
• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal strengths were evaluated considering a penetration length of S g,tot or S g , as shown in the table. For intermediate values of S g it is possible to linearly interpolate.
• The shear srength and sliding values were evaluated considering the centre of gravity of the connector placed in correspondence with the shear plane.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
• For minimum distances and structural values for cross connectors in shear connection main beam - secondary beam see VGZ on page 130
• For minimum distances and structural values on CLT and LVL see
on page 134
VGS EVO C5
FULL THREAD CONNECTOR WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD
C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. Salt Spray Test (SST) with exposure time greater than 3000 h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.
MAXIMUM STRENGTH
It is the screw of choice if high mechanical performance is required under very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions. The cylindrical head makes it ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements.
LENGTH [mm]
DIAMETER [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL carbon steel with C5 EVO coating with very high corrosion resistance
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
9
TX 40
VGSEVO9200C5 200 190 25
VGSEVO9240C5 240 230 25
VGSEVO9280C5 280 270 25
VGSEVO9320C5 320 310 25
VGSEVO9360C5 360 350 25
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
408
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
HYBRID STEEL-TIMBER STRUCTURES
VGS EVO C5 is the ideal solution for steel structures where high-strength ad hoc connections are required, particularly in adverse climatic contexts such as the marine environment. d 1 CODE L b pcs [mm] [mm] [mm]
SWELLING OF TIMBER
The application of VGS EVO C5 in combination with polymeric interlayers such as XYLOFON WASHER gives the joint a certain adaptability to mitigate stresses resulting from shrinkage/ swelling of the wood.
FULL THREAD CONNECTOR WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD
A4 | AISI316
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel for high corrosion resistance. Ideal for environments adjacent to the sea in corrosivity class C5 and for insertion on the most aggressive timbers in class T5.
T5 TIMBER CORROSIVITY
Suitable for use in applications on agressive woods with an acidity (pH) level below 4 such as oak, Douglas fir and chestnut, and in wood moisture conditions above 20%.
METAL-to-TIMBER recommended use: N
LENGTH [mm]
DIAMETER [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel (CRC III)
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• ACQ, CCA treated timber
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
[mm] [mm] [mm] 9 TX 40
VGS9120A4 120 110 25
VGS9160A4 160 150 25
VGS9200A4 200 190 25
VGS9240A4 240 230 25
VGS9280A4 280 270 25
VGS9320A4 320 310 25
RELATED PRODUCTS
HUS A4
TURNED WASHER page 68
VGS11100A4 100 90 25
VGS11150A4 150 140 25
VGS11200A4 200 190 25
VGS11250A4 250 240 25
VGS11300A4 300 290 25
VGS9360A4 360 350 25 11 TX 50
VGS11350A4 350 340 25
VGS11400A4 400 390 25
VGS11500A4 500 490 25
VGS11600A4 600 590 25
GEOMETRY
Ø9-Ø11
VGS Ø11
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
For the mechanical parameters please see ETA-11/0030.
JIG VGZ 45°
TEMPLATE FOR 45° SCREWS
TORQUE LIMITER page 409
TORQUE LIMITER
page 408
VGS Ø9
VGS Ø11
HYBRID STEEL-TIMBER STRUCTURES
Ideal for steel structures where high-strength customised connections are required, particularly in adverse climatic contexts such as the marine environment and acidic woods.
SWELLING OF TIMBER
Application in combination with polymeric interlayers such as XYLOFON WASHER gives the joint a certain adaptability to mitigate stresses resulting from shrinkage/swelling of the wood.
45° WASHER FOR VGS
SAFETY
The VGU washer makes possible to install VGS screws at a 45° angle on steel plates. Washer marked CE as per ETA-11/0030.
PRACTICALITY
The ergonomic shape ensures a firm, precise grip during installation. Three versions of washer, compatible with VGS in diameter 9, 11 and 13 mm, are available for plates of variable thickness.
The use of the VGU allows the use of inclined screws on plate without resorting to countersunk holes on the plate, which is generally a time-consuming and costly operation.
C4 EVO COATING
VGU EVO is coated with a surface treatment resistant to high atmospheric corrosivity.
Compatible with VGS EVO diameter 9, 11 and 13 mm.
DIAMETER [mm]
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
carbon steel with C4 EVO coating
ETA-11/0030 UKTA-0836 22/6195
VIDEO
Scan the QR Code and watch the video on our YouTube channel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• steel construction • metal plates and profiles
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
VGU WASHER
CODE screw d V,S pcs [mm] [mm]
VGU945 VGS Ø9 5 25
VGU1145 VGS Ø11 6 25
VGU1345 VGS Ø13 8 25
d V,S = pre-drilling hole diameter (softwood)
JIG VGU TEMPLATE
CODE washer d h d V pcs [mm] [mm] [mm]
JIGVGU945 VGU945 5,5 5 1
JIGVGU1145 VGU1145 6,5 6 1
JIGVGU1345 VGU1345 8,5 8 1
For more information see page 409.
GEOMETRY
VGU EVO WASHER
CODE screw d V,S pcs [mm] [mm]
VGUEVO945 VGSEVO Ø9 5 25
VGUEVO1145 VGSEVO Ø11 6 25
VGUEVO1345 VGSEVO Ø13 8 25
d V,S = pre-drilling hole diameter (softwood)
HSS WOOD DRILL BIT
CODE d V TL SL pcs [mm] [mm] [mm]
F1599105 5 150 100 1
F1599106 6 150 100 1
F1599108 8 150 100 1
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) For thicker plates than those indicated in the table it is necessary to carry out a countersink in the lower part of the steel plate. Recommended Ø5 mm guide hole (of minimum length 50 mm) for VGS screws of length L > 300 mm.
HELPS WITH INSTALLATION
The JIG VGU template makes it easy to prepare a 45° angle pre-drill, thus facilitating subsequent tightening of the VGS screws inside the washer. A pre-drill length of at least 20 mm is recommended.
STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-TIMBER JOINT
STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-TIMBER JOINT
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:
RV,k kmod
RV,d = min γM
Rtens,45,k
γM2
• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• For the correct realization of the joint, the fastener head should be fully embedded into the VGU washer.
• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering a minimum penetration length of S g , as shown in the table, considering a minimum penetration length of 4-d1 For intermediate values of S g or SPLATE it is possible to linearly interpolate.
• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The VGU washer is over-resistant compared to the strength of the VGS/ VGSEVO screw.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table (withdrawal, compression, sliding and shear) can be converted via the kdens coefficient.
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax
R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V
R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V
ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380 385 405 425 430 440 C-GL C24 C30 GL24h GL26h GL28h GL30h GL32h kdens,ax
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
• For a connection with inclined screws in a metal plate application, the characteristic effective sliding load-bearing capacity for a row of n screws is equal to: Ref,V,k = RV,k nef,ax
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n (number of screws in a row). n
• For available VGS and VGS EVO screw sizes, see pages 164 and 180.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
The use of pulse screw guns/impact wrenches is not permitted.
Ensure correct tightening. We recommend the use of torque-controlled screwdrivers, e.g. with TORQUE LIMITER. Alternatively, tighten with a torque wrench.
After installation, the fasteners can be inspected using a torque wrench.
Avoid bending.
The installation of multiple screws must be performed to guarantee that loads are distributed evenly to all fasteners.
INSTALLATION WITHOUT PRE-DRILL
Place the steel plate on the wood and set the VGU washers in the slots provided.
Shrinkage or swelling of timber elements due to changes in moisture content must be avoided.
Avoid dimensional changes in the metal, e.g. due to large temperature fluctuations.
Position the screw and respect the 45° angle of insertion.
Screw in, ensuring correct tightening.
Perform the operation for all washers. The assembly must be performed so as to guarantee that the stress is evenly distributed among all the installed VGU washers.
Place the steel plate on the wood and set the VGU washers in the slots provided.
Use the VGU JIG template of the correct diameter by positioning it in the VGU washer
Using the pre-drill template, prepare a pre-drill/guide hole (at least 50 mm length) using an appropriate tip
Position the screw and respect the 45° angle of insertion.
Screw in, ensuring correct tightening.
Perform the operation for all washers. The assembly must be performed so as to guarantee that the stress is evenly distributed among all the installed VGU washers.
STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM
CERTIFICATION FOR TIMBER AND CONCRETE
Structural connector approved for timber applications according to ETA11/0030 and for timber-concrete applications according to ETA-22/0806.
RAPID DRY SYSTEM
Available in diameters 16 and 20 mm, it is used to reinforce and connect large elements. The timber thread allows application without the need for resins or adhesives.
STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT
The high-performance tensile steel (fy,k = 640 N/mm2) and the large dimensions available make RTR ideal for structural reinforcement applications.
LARGE SPANS
The system, developed for applications on large span elements, allows fast and secure reinforcement and connections on any beam size due to the considerable length of the bars. Ideal for factory installations.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT, LVL
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
D 38 RLE
4-SPEED DRILL DRIVER
page 407
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
Withdrawal resistance parameter fax,k [N/mm 2]
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
TC FUSION SYSTEM FOR TIMBER-CONCRETE APPLICATION
Tangential strength of adhesion in concrete
For applications with different materials please see ETA-22/0806
(softwood)
TC FUSION
The ETA-22/0806 approval of the TC FUSION system allows the RTR threaded rods to be used together with the reinforcements in the concrete so that the panel floor slabs and the bracing core can be bonded together with a small integration of the casting.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES
rods inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d = d1 = nominal rod diameter
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS
rods inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal rod diameter
NOTES
• Minimum distances according to ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum distances for shear-stressed bars are in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
• The minimum distances for axially stressed connectors are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain.
ε = screw-to-grain angle
geometry
TENSION / COMPRESSION
210 31,08
SLIDING
50 50 12,89
200 100 100 25,78
300 150 150 28,91
400 200 200 31,34
500 250 250 33,77
600 300 300 36,19 800 400 400 41,05
NOTES | TIMBER
• The characteristic thread withdrawal strenghts were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 90° (Rax,90,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic sliding strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 45° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° (RV,90,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table (withdrawal, compression, sliding and shear) can be converted via the kdens coefficient.
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’ki,k = Rki,k kdens,ki
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,ax
R’V,90,k = RV,90,k kdens,V
R’V,0,k = RV,0,k kdens,V
]
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 200
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TC FUSION
TENSILE CONNECTION
CLT - CONCRETE
geometry CLT concrete
d1 L lb,d S g S g
CHARACTERISTIC
500 340 34,89 150
600 440 44,00 150
700 540 52,90 150
800 640 61,64 150
NOTES | TC FUSION
• Characteristic values according to ETA-22/0806.
• The axial thread withdrawal resistance in the narrow face is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and minimum screw pull-through depth tpen = 10∙d1
Connectors with shorter lengths than those in the table do not comply with the minimum penetration depth requirements and are not reported.
d 1 L min S g Rax,0,k l b,d Rax,C,k [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [kN] 16
900 740 70,25 150
400 240 25,50 150 67,86
1000 840 78,74 150
1100 940 87,12 150
1200 1040 95,42 150
1300 1140 100,00 150
1400 1240 100,00 150
TC FUSION
TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE
JOINT SYSTEM
The innovation of VGS, VGZ and RTR all-thread connectors for timber-concrete applications.
Find it out on page 270
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γM
Rtens,k
γM2
• The compression design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the instability design strength (Rki,d).
Rax,k kmod
Rax,d = min γM
Rki,k
γM1
• The design sliding strength of the joint is either the timber-side design strength (RV,d) and the design strength on the steel side projected (Rtens,45,d), whichever is lower:
RV,k kmod
RV,d = min γM
Rtens,45,k
γM2
• A concrete grade of C25/30 was considered in the calculation. For applications with different materials please see ETA-22/0806.
• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the concrete-side design strength (Rax,C,d).
Rax,0,k kmod
Rax,C,k Rax,d = min γM γM,concrete
• The concrete element must have adequate reinforcement bars.
• The connectors must be arranged at a maximum distance of 300 mm.
• The design shear strength of the connector is obtained from the characteristic value as follows:
RV,d = RV,k kmod γM
• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the rods, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.
• The rods must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering a penetration length of S g as shown in the table. For intermediate values of S g it is possible to linearly interpolate.
For a better finish, it is recommended to drill a hole through BORMAX to accommodate the timber end cap.
Pre-drill the hole inside the timber element, ensuring that it is straight. The use of COLUMN ensures better accuracy.
Assemble the sleeve (ATCS007 or ATCS008) onto the adapter with safety clutch (DUVSKU). Alternatively, a simple adapter (ATCS2010) can be used.
Screw up to the length defined in the design. We recommend limiting the insertion moment value to 200 Nm (RTR 16) and 300 Nm (RTR 20).
RELATED PRODUCTS
Cut the RTR threaded rod to the desired length, ensuring that it is less than the depth of the pre-drilling.
Insert the sleeve into the threaded rod and the adapter into the screwdriver. We recommend the use of the handle (DUD38SH) for more control and stability when screwing.
Unscrew the sleeve from the bar.
If provided, insert a TAP cap to conceal the threaded rod and ensure better aesthetic finish and fire strength.
DOUBLE THREADED SCREW FOR INSULATION
CONTINUOUS INSULATION
Allows continuous, uninterrupted fastening of roof insulation package. Limits thermal bridges in compliance with energy saving regulations. The cylindrical head is ideal for hidden insertion in the batten. Screw also certified in versions with flange head (DGT) and countersunk head (DGS).
CERTIFICATION
Connector for hard and soft insulation, for roofing and façade applications, CE certified according to ETA-11/0030. Available in two diameters (7 and 9 mm) to optimize the number of fasteners.
MYPROJECT
Free MyProject software for customized fastening calculation, accompanied by a calculation report.
3 THORNS TIP
ETA-11/0030
UKTA-0836 22/6195
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT, LVL
• engineered timbers
THERMAL BRIDGES
Thanks to the double thread, the roof insulation package can be fixed to the supporting structure without any interruptions, thus limiting thermal bridges. Certification specific for fastening on both hard and soft insulation.
VENTILATED FAÇADES
Also tested, certified and calculated on façade joists and with engineered woods such as Microllam® LVL.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
NOTES: upon request, EVO version is available.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
Refer to ETA-11/0030 for the instability resistance values of screws as a function of their effective length.
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH DGZ Ø7
(*) Minimum batten thicknesses: DGZ Ø7 mm: base/height = 50/30 mm. insulation + wooden planking thickness
MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH DGZ Ø9
(*) Minimum batten thicknesses: DGZ Ø9 mm: base/height = 60/40 mm. insulation + wooden planking thickness
NOTE: Check that the screw length is compatible with the size of the structural
screws inserted WITH and WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES:
(1) The minimum distances for axially loaded connectors are independent of the insertion angle of the connector and the angle of the force with respect to the grain, in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
• For 3 THORNS tip the minimum distances in the table are derived from experimental tests; alternatively, adopt a1,CG = 10∙d and a2,CG = 4∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
INSULATION AND INFLUENCE OF THERMAL BRIDGES
CONTINUOUS INSULATION
INTERRUPTED INSULATION
The use of continuous insulation helps to limit the presence of thermal bridges. If the fastening of the package requires rigid elements within the insulation, there is a drop in thermal performance due to the presence of a thermal bridge distributed along the entire axis of the interposed secondary joists. Moreover, in the case of interrupted insulation, local discontinuities between the elements present may be more frequent during installation, further aggravating the thermal bridge.
FASTENING OF CONTINUOUS INSULATION WITH DGZ
The use of the DGZ screw allows the installation of continuous insulation, without interruptions and discontinuities. In this case, the thermal bridge is localised and concentrated only at the connectors and therefore has an irrelevant contribution to the thermal performance of the package, which is therefore maintained. Excessive anchoring or incorrect arrangements should be avoided in order not to compromise the thermal performance of the package.
The number and placement of the fastenings depends on the geometry of the surfaces, the type of insulation and the loads acting on them.
PROJECT DATA
Roof loads
Permanent
INSULATION PACKAGE FIGURES
CONNECTOR SELECTION - OPTION 1 - DGZ Ø7
CONNECTOR SELECTION - OPTION 2 - DGZ Ø9
Connector placement diagram. Roof batten calculation.
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SPACER SCREW
DOUBLE THREAD, DIFFERENTIATED
Underhead thread with specially designed geometry to create and regulate a space between the fastenable thicknesses.
VENTILATED FACADES
The differentiated double thread is ideal for regulating the position of the battens on the facade and to create proper verticality. Ideal for levelling panelling, battens, ceilings and paving.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
Thanks to the possibility to create a distance between pieces of wood, it is possible to create versatile fastenings quickly and safely, without the need for any interposed element.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
1 CODE L b pcs [mm] [mm] [mm]
6 TX 30 DRS680 80 40 100 DRS6100 100 60 100 DRS6120 120 60 100
DRS6145 145 60 100
GEOMETRY
INSTALLATION
Select the screw length so that the thread is completely inserted in the timber support.
Position the DRS screw.
Attach the batten, screwing in the screw so that the head is flush with the timber.
Loosen the screw based on the desired distance.
Adjust the other screws in a similar manner to level the structure.
TIMBER-BRICKWORK SPACER SCREW
DOUBLE THREAD, DIFFERENTIATED
Underhead thread with specially designed geometry to create and regulate a space between the fastenable thicknesses.
FASTENING TO BRICKWORK
Underhead thread with a greater diameter to allow fastening to brickwork through the addition of a plastic dowel.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
The differentiated double thread is ideal for adjusting the position of timber elements on brickwork supports (using the plastic screw anchor) and to create the proper verticality. Ideal for levelling panels on walls, paving and ceilings.
CODES
8 40
For fastening on concrete or brickwork, use of the NDK GL nylon screw anchor is recommended.
GEOMETRY
INSTALLATION
Select the screw length so that the thread is completely inserted in the concrete/brickwork support.
Drill the elements with a d V= 8,0 mm diameter.
Loosen the screw based on the desired distance.
Place the NDK GL nylon screw anchor inside the support.
Adjust the other screws in a similar manner to level the structure.
Position the DRT screw.
Attach the batten, screwing in the screw so that the head is flush with the timber.
HBS PLATE
PAN HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES
NEW GEOMETRY
The inner core diameter of the Ø8, Ø10 and Ø12 mm screws has been increased to ensure higher performance in thick plate applications. In steel-timber connections, the new geometry achieves a strength increase of more than 15%.
PLATE FASTENING
The under-head shoulder achieves an interlocking effect with the circular hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance. The edgeless geometry of the head reduces stress concentration points and gives the screw strength.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
MULTISTOREY
Ideal for steel-to-timber joints with large customized plates, designed for multi-story timber buildings.
TITAN
Values also tested, certified and calculated for fastening standard Rothoblaas plates.
8
TX 40
10
TX 40
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
RELATED PRODUCTS
TORQUE LIMITER
TORQUE LIMITER page 408
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood. (2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
GEOMETRY CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
The mechanical parameters are obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests (HBS PLATE Ø10 and Ø12) .
k [kg/m3 ]
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | STEEL-TO-TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
[mm] 5∙d
a4,c [mm] 5∙d
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTE on page 221
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-TIMBER
SHEAR
ε = screw-to-grain angle
NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 221
EN 1995:2014
STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-TIMBER
SHEAR
ε = screw-to-grain angle
NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 221
ε = screw-to-grain angle
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR AND AXIAL LOADS | CLT
d 1 [mm] 8 10 12
a1 [mm] 4∙d 32 40 48
a 2 [mm] 2,5∙d 20 25 30
a3,t [mm] 6∙d 48 60 72
a3,c [mm] 6∙d 48 60 72
a4,t [mm] 6∙d 48 60 72
a4,c [mm] 2,5∙d 20 25 30
The use of pulse screw guns/impact wrenches is not permitted.
Respect the insertion angle. For very precise inclinations, the use of guide holes or pre-drilling is recommended.
Ensure correct tightening. We recommend the use of torque-controlled screwdrivers, e.g. with TORQUE LIMITER. Alternatively, tighten with a torque wrench.
Stop installation if damage to the fastener or timber is noticed.
Avoid bending.
Avoid accidental stress during installation.
Stop installation if damage to the fastener or metal plates is noticed.
Ensure full contact between the entire surface of the screw head and the metal element
After installation, the fasteners can be inspected using a torque wrench.
Protect the connection and avoid moisture changes and shrinkage and swelling of the timber.
Do not hammer the screw tips into the timber.
Install screws in one continuous stroke.
Use not permitted for dynamic loads.
Avoid dimensional changes to the metal.
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).
Rax,k kmod
NOTES | TIMBER
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient.
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
Rtens,k
Rax,d = min γM γM2
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.
• The characteristic shear-strength value has been evaluated for plates with thickness = SPLATE , and considering the thin (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1 ), intermediate (0,5 d1 < SPLATE < d1 ) or thick (SPLATE ≥ d1 ) plate case scenario.
• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied:
Fv,d Rv,d 2 Fax,d Rax,d 2 + 1 ≥
• In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• In the case of steel-to-timber connections with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of timber deformation and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
• The values in the table are evaluated considering mechanical strength parameters of the Ø10 and Ø12 HBS PLATE screws obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests.
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax
ρ k [kg/m3
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
NOTES | CLT
• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.
• For the calculation process a mass density ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for CLT elements.
• The characteristics shear resistance are calculated considering a minimum fixing length of 4 d1
• The characteristic shear strength is independent from the direction of the grain of the CLT panels outer layer.
MINIMUM DISTANCES
NOTES | TIMBER
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• In the case of timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
NOTES | CLT
• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.
• Minimum distances are valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min =10∙d1
• Minimum distances for narrow face application can be found on page 39. Theory, practice and experimental campaigns: our experience is
HBS PLATE EVO
PAN HEAD SCREW
C4 EVO COATING
HBS PLATE EVO version designed for steel-timber joints outdoors. Atmospheric corrosion resistance class (C4) tested by the Research Institutes of Sweden - RISE. Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 314).
NEW GEOMETRY
The inner core diameter of the Ø8, Ø10 and Ø12 mm screws has been increased to ensure higher performance in thick plate applications. In steel-timber connections, the new geometry achieves a strength increase of more than 15%.
PLATE FASTENING
The under-head shoulder achieves an interlocking effect with the circular hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance. The edgeless geometry of the head reduces stress concentration points and gives the screw strength.
OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• ACQ, CCA treated timber
RAPTOR
TRANSPORT PLATE FOR TIMBER ELEMENTS
page 413
METAL-to-TIMBER recommended use:
TORQUE LIMITER Mins,rec
P EVO - 5,0 | 6,0 mm
Mins,rec
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL. The mechanical parameters are obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests (HBS
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and loadto-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
geometry timber-to-timber
PRINCIPLES
The use of pulse screw guns/impact wrenches is not permitted. Ensure correct tightening. We recommend the use of torque-controlled screwdrivers, e.g. with TORQUE LIMITER. Alternatively, tighten with a torque wrench.
Respect the insertion angle. For very precise inclinations, the use of guide holes or pre-drilling is recommended.
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
Ensure full contact between the entire surface of the screw head and the metal element.
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM
• The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements, panels and metal plates must be done separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements. In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied:
Fv,d Rv,d 2 Fax,d Rax,d 2 + 1 ≥
After installation, the fasteners can be inspected using a torque wrench.
Avoid dimensional changes to the metal and shrinkage and swelling of timber.
• In the case of steel-to-timber connections with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of timber deformation and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
• The values in the table are evaluated considering mechanical strength parameters of the HBS PLATE EVO Ø10 and Ø12 screws obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests.
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
NOTES
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic panel-timber and steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an ε angle of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE = 0.5 d1 ) and thick plate (SPLATE = d1 ).
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens (see page 215).
• For further calculation configurations and for applications on different materials, see page 212.
HBS PLATE A4
PAN HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES
A4 | AISI316
HBS PLATE version in A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel for high corrosion resistance. Ideal for environments adjacent to the sea in corrosivity class C5 and for insertion on the most aggressive timbers in class T5.
STEEL-TIMBER CONNECTIONS
The under-head shoulder achieves an interlocking effect with the circular hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance. The edgeless geometry of the head reduces stress concentration points and gives the screw strength.
T5 TIMBER CORROSIVITY
Suitable for use in applications on agressive woods with an acidity (pH) level below 4 such as oak, Douglas fir and chestnut, and in wood moisture conditions above 20%.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES
SCREW FOR PERFORATED PLATES
Cylindrical shoulder designed for fastening metal elements. Achieves an interlocking effect with the hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance.
STATICS
These can be calculated according to Eurocode 5 under thick steel-timber plate connections, even with thin metal elements. Excellent shear strength values.
NEW-GENERATION WOODS
Tested and certified for use on a wide variety of engineered timbers such as CLT, GL, LVL, OSB and Beech LVL. The LBS5 version up to a length of 40 mm is approved completely without pre-drilling hole on Beech LVL.
DUCTILITY
Excellent ductility behaviour as evidenced by SEISMIC-REV cyclic tests according to EN 12512.
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods DIAMETER [mm]
5 TX 20
7 TX 30
ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES ON HARDWOODS
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
Also available in the LBS HARDWOOD EVO version, L from 80 to 200 mm, diameter Ø5 and Ø7 mm, see page 244
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
(3)Valid for d1 = 5 mm and lef ≤ 34 mm For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | STEEL-TO-TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
a1 [mm] 12∙d∙0,7 42
a 2 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 18
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 75
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 50
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 25
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 25
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
[mm] 5∙d 25
d 1 [mm] 5 7 d1 [mm] 5 7 a1 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 18
α = load-to-grain angle d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• In the case of timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system.
For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to: Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
ε = screw-to-grain angle
ε = screw-to-grain angle
NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page
STRUCTURAL VALUES | CLT
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR AND AXIAL LOADS | CLT
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 233 lateral face
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
• The minimum distances are compliant with ETA-11/0030 and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.
STRUCTURAL VALUES | LVL
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBS Ø5 nails has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE , always considering the case of thick plate according to ETA-11/0030 (SPLATE ≥ 1,5 mm).
• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBS Ø7 screws has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = S PLATE , and considering the thin (S PLATE ≤ 3,5 mm) intermediate (3,5 mm < S PLATE < 7,0 mm) or thick (S PLATE ≥ 7 mm) plate case.
• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied:
Fv,d Rv,d 2 Fax,d Rax,d 2 + 1 ≥
• In the case of steel-to-timber connections with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of timber deformation and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
NOTES | TIMBER
• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• Characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths can be found on page 237.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350
kdens,v
kdens,ax
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
NOTES | CLT
• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.
• For the calculation process a mass density ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for CLT elements.
• The characteristics shear resistance are calculated considering a minimum fixing length of 4 d1
• The characteristic shear strength is independent from the direction of the grain of the CLT panels outer layer.
• The axial thread withdrawal strength is valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1
NOTES | LVL
• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 480 kg/m3 has been considered for softwood LVL elements.
• The axial thread-withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grains and the connector.
• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated for connectors inserted on the side face (wide face) considering, for individual timber elements, a 90° angle between the connector and the grain, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element and a 0° angle between the force and the grain.
LBS EVO
ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES
SCREW FOR PERFORATED PLATES FOR OUTDOOR USE
LBS EVO version designed for steel-timber joints for outdoor use. Achieves an interlocking effect with the hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance.
C4 EVO COATING
The atmospheric corrosion strength class (C4) of the C4 EVO coating was tested by the Research Institutes of Sweden - RISE. Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 314).
STATICS
These can be calculated according to Eurocode 5 under thick steel-timber plate connections, even with thin metal elements. Excellent shear strength values.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL carbon steel with C4 EVO coating
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• ACQ, CCA treated timber
5 TX 20
LBSEVO540 40 36 500
LBSEVO550 50 46 200
LBSEVO560 60 56 200
LBSEVO570 70 66 200
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
head-pull-through parameter
(3)Valid for d1 = 5 mm and lef ≤ 34 mm For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
T3 TIMBER CORROSIVITY
Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch, pine, ash and birch (see page 314).
STEEL-TO-TIMBER APPLICATION
The LBSEVO screw with diameter 7 is particularly suitable for custom-designed connections, which are characteristic of steel structures.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | STEEL-TO-TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [mm] 5
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• In the case of timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.
[mm] 5
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER
SHEAR
L b A
SHEAR
TENSION
EN 1995:2014
ε = screw-to-grain angle
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBS Ø5 nails has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE , always considering the case of thick plate according to ETA-11/0030 (SPLATE ≥ 1,5 mm).
• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBS Ø7 screws has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = S PLATE , and considering the thin (S PLATE ≤ 3,5 mm) intermediate (3,5 mm < S PLATE < 7,0 mm) or thick (S PLATE ≥ 7 mm) plate case.
NOTES
• The characteristic shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε-angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and of 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the timber elements and the connector.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient.
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 230).
LBS HARDWOOD
ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES ON HARDWOODS
HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION
Special tip with embossed slit elements. ETA-11/0030 certification allows for use with high density timber without any pre-drill. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain.
LARGER DIAMETER
Internal thread diameter increased compared to the LBS version to ensure tightening in the highest density woods. In steel-timber connections, an increase in strength of more than 15 % can be achieved.
SCREW FOR PERFORATED PLATES
Cylindrical shoulder designed for fastening metal elements. Achieves an interlocking effect with the hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES ON HARDWOODS
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
Also available in the LBS HARDWOOD EVO version, L from 80 to 200 mm, diameter Ø5 and Ø7 mm, see page 244
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
Characteristic head-pull-through parameter
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
HARDWOOD PERFORMANCE
Geometry developed for high performance and use without pre-drill hole on structural woods such as beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo.
BEECH LVL
Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods such as beechwood Microllam® LVL. Certified for use without pre-drilling, for densities of up to 800 kg/m3
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | STEEL-TO-TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
[mm]
a 1 [mm] 15∙d∙0,7 53 a 1 [mm] 7∙d∙0,7 25 a 2 [mm] 7∙d∙0,7 25 a 2 [mm] 7∙d∙0,7 25
a3,t [mm] 20∙d 100
a3,c [mm] 15∙d 75
a4,t [mm] 7∙d 35
a4,c [mm] 7∙d 35
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 75
a3,c [mm] 15∙d 75
a4,t [mm] 12∙d 60
a4,c [mm] 7∙d 35
d 1 [mm] 5
[mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 18 a1 [mm] 4∙d∙0,7 14 a 2 [mm] 3∙d∙0,7
a3,t [mm] 12∙d
a3,c [mm] 7∙d
[mm] 3∙d
[mm] 3∙d
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
[mm] 7∙d
[mm] 7∙d
[mm] 7∙d
[mm]
NOTE on page 243
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER(SOFTWOOD)
ε = screw-to-grain angle
ε = screw-to-grain angle
STRUCTURAL VALUES | HARDWOOD
ε = screw-to-grain angle
STRUCTURAL VALUES | BEECH LVL
CHARACTERISTIC VALUES EN 1995:2014
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d).
Rax,k kmod
NOTES | TIMBER (SOFTWOOD)
• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
Rtens,k
Rax,d = min γM γM2
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.
• The characteristic shear strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBSH Ø5 nails has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = S PLATE , always considering the case of thick plate according to ETA-11/0030 (SPLATE ≥ 1,5 mm).
• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied:
Fv,d Rv,d 2 Fax,d Rax,d 2 + 1 ≥
• In the case of steel-to-timber connections with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of timber deformation and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
NOTES | HARDWOOD
• The characteristic steel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, higher strength values can be achieved.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.
• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 550 kg/m3 has been considered for hardwood (oak) elements.
MINIMUM DISTANCES
NOTES | TIMBER
• The minimum distances comply with EN 1995:2014, according to ETA-11/0030, considering a timber element mass density of 420 kg/m3 < ρk ≤ 500 kg/m3
• In the case of timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax ρ k [kg/m3 ] 350 380 385 405 425 430 440 C-GL C24 C30
kdens,ax
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
NOTES | BEECH LVL
• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 730 kg/m3 has been considered for LVL beech elements.
• A 90° angle between the connector and the fiber, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element, and a 0° angle between the force and the fiber were considered for individual timber elements in the calculation.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
LBS HARDWOOD EVO
ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES ON HARDWOODS
C4 EVO COATING
The atmospheric corrosion strength class (C4) of the C4 EVO coating was tested by the Research Institutes of Sweden - RISE. Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 314).
HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION
Special tip with embossed slit elements. ETA-11/0030 certification allows for use with high density timber without any pre-drill. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain.
ROBUSTNESS
The inner core diameter of the screw has been enlarged compared to the LBS version to ensure screwing in higher density woods. The cylindrical under head is designed for fastening mechanical elements and producing an interlocking effect with the plate hole that provides excellent static perfornances.
[mm]
CORROSIVITY
CORROSIVITY
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL • high density woods
ACQ, CCA treated timber LENGTH [mm]
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
5 TX 20
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
7 TX 30
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
The mechanical parameters are obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests (LBS H EVO Ø7) .
For applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
HYBRID STEEL-TIMBER STRUCTURES
The LBSHEVO Ø7 mm screws are suitable for custom-designed connections, which are characteristic of steel structures. Maximum performance in hardwoods combined with the strengths of steel plates.
T3 TIMBER CORROSIVITY
Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch, pine, ash and birch (see page 314).
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | STEEL-TO-TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
a1 [mm] 15∙d∙0,7 53
a 2 [mm] 7∙d∙0,7 25
a3,t [mm] 20∙d
a3,c [mm] 15∙d 75
a4,t [mm] 7∙d 35
a4,c [mm] 7∙d 35
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
[mm] 15∙d 75
a4,t [mm] 12∙d 60
d 1 [mm] 5 7 d1 [mm] 5 7 a1 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 18 25 a 1 [mm] 4∙d∙0,7 14 20 a 2 [mm] 3∙d∙0,7
[mm] 7∙d 35
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances comply with EN 1995:2014, according to ETA-11/0030, considering a timber element mass density of 420 kg/m3 < ρk ≤ 500 kg/m3
• In the case of timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.
ε = screw-to-grain angle
ε = screw-to-grain angle
STRUCTURAL VALUES | HARDWOOD
ε = screw-to-grain angle
ε = screw-to-grain angle
STRUCTURAL VALUES | BEECH LVL
[mm] [mm] [mm]
ε = screw-to-grain angle
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
8,44 8,85 9,68 10,51 11,34 11,93 11,93 57,33
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
Rd = Rk kmod γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• The tensile design strength of the connector is the lower between the timber-side design strength (Rax,d) and the steel-side design strength (Rtens,d). Rax,k kmod
Rtens,k Rax,d = min γM γM2
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.
• The characteristic shear strength are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBSH EVO Ø5 nails has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE, always considering the case of thick plates according to ETA-11/0030 (SPLATE ≥ 1,5 mm).
• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBSH EVO Ø7 screws has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = S PLATE, and considering the thin (SPLATE ≤ 3,5 mm) intermediate (3,5 mm < SPLATE < 7,0 mm) or thick (SPLATE ≥ 7 mm) plate case.
• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied:
Fv,d Rv,d 2 Fax,d Rax,d 2 + 1 ≥
• In the case of steel-to-timber connections with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of timber deformation and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
• The values in the table are evaluated considering mechanical strength parameters of the Ø7 EVO screws obtained analytically and validated by experimental tests.
NOTES | TIMBER
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, higher strength values can be achieved.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different values of ρ k , the strength values in the table (timber-to-timber shear, steel-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by means of the coefficient kdens (see page 243).
NOTES | HARDWOOD
• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 550 kg/m3 has been considered for hardwood (oak) elements.
NOTES | BEECH LVL
• For the calculation process a mass density equal to ρ k = 730 kg/m3 has been considered for LVL beech elements.
• A 90° angle between the connector and the fiber, a 90° angle between the connector and the side face of the LVL element, and a 0° angle between the force and the fiber were considered for individual timber elements in the calculation.
LBA
HIGH BOND NAIL
EXCELLENT PERFORMANCE
The new LBA nails have shear strength values among the highest on the market and make it possible to certify characteristic nail strengths that more closely approximate actual experimental strengths.
CERTIFIED ON CLT AND LVL
Tested and certified values for plates on CLT substrates. Its use is also certified on LVL.
LBA BINDED
The nail is also available in a bound version with the same ETA certification and therefore the same high performance.
STAINLESS STEEL VERSION
The nails are also available with the same certification from ETA in A4|AISI316 stainless steel for outdoor applications, with very high strength values.
DIAMETER [mm] LENGTH [mm]
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard and MDF panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT, LVL
CAPACITY DESIGN
The strength values are much closer to the actual experimental strengths, so capacity design can be performed more reliably.
Values also tested, certified and calculated for fastening standard Rothoblaas plates. Using the nailer speeds up and facilitates installation.
Use with NINO angle brackets allows for some of the most versatile applications: even for beam-to-beam joints.
LBA achieves the highest performance together with the WKR angle brackets with the specific strength values on CLT.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Characteristic
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood. (2) Valid for softwood - maximum density 500 kg/m3. Associated density ρ a = 350 kg/m3 (3) Valid for LBA460 | LBA680 | LBAI450. For other nail lengths refer to ETA-22/0002.
LOOSE NAILS
STRIP-BOUND NAILS
LBA 25 PLA - plastic stick binding 25°
LBAI A4 | AISI316
Compatible with Anker 25° nailgun HH3522.
ROLL-BOUND NAILS
LBA COIL - 15° plastic roll binding
34 PLA - plastic stick binding 34°
LBA34PLA460 60 50 2000
Compatible with 34° strip magazine nailgun ATEU0116 and gas nailgun HH12100700.
LBACOIL460 60 50 1600
Compatible with nailgun TJ100091.
NOTE: LBA, LBA 25 PLA, LBA 34 PLA and LBA COIL available in hot-dip galvanised version on request.
RELATED PRODUCTS
For more information about nailguns see page 406.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR NAILS SUBJECT TO SHEAR | STEEL-TO-TIMBER
nails inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
a 1 [mm] 10∙d∙0,7 28 12∙d∙0,7 50 a 1 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 14 5∙d∙0,7 21
a 2 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 14 5∙d∙0,7 21 a 2 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 14 5∙d∙0,7 21
a3,t [mm] 15∙d 60 15∙d 90 a3,t [mm] 10∙d 40 10∙d 60
a3,c [mm] 10∙d 40 10∙d 60 a3,c [mm] 10∙d 40 10∙d 60
a4,t [mm] 5∙d 20 5∙d 30 a4,t [mm] 7∙d 28 10∙d 60
a4,c [mm] 5∙d 20 5∙d 30 a4,c [mm] 5∙d 20 5∙d 30 d 1 [mm] 4
nails inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
a 1 [mm] 5∙d∙0,7 14 5∙d∙0,7 21 a1 [mm] 4∙d∙0,7 11 4∙d∙0,7 17
a 2 [mm] 3∙d∙0,7 8 3∙d∙0,7 13 a 2 [mm] 4∙d∙0,7 11 4∙d∙0,7 17
a3,t [mm] 12∙d 48 12∙d 72 a3,t [mm] 7∙d 28 7∙d 42
a3,c [mm] 7∙d 28 7∙d 42 a3,c [mm] 7∙d 28 7∙d 42
a4,t [mm] 3∙d 12 3∙d 18 a4,t [mm] 5∙d 20 7∙d 42
a4,c [mm] 3∙d 12 3∙d 18 a4,c [mm] 3∙d 12 3∙d 18
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal nail diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-22/0002.
• In the case of timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 1,5.
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR-STRESSED NAILS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several nails, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n nails arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.
STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-TIMBER
geometry
steel-to-timber thread withdrawal
Ø4
geometry
[mm] [mm] [mm]
steel-to-timber thread withdrawal
NOTES
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient.
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax ρ k
[kg/m3 ] 350 380 385 405 425 430 440
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 257
STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-CLT
LBA Ø4-Ø6
LBAI Ø4
NOTES | CLT
• The characteristic values are according to the national specifications ÖNORM EN 1995 - Annex K.
• For the calculation process a mass density ρ k = 350 kg/m3 has been considered for of the boards constituting the CLT panel.
• The characteristic strengths in the table are valid for nails inserted into the side face of the CLT panel (wide face) penetrating more than one layer. GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 257
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR NAILS SUBJECT TO SHEAR | CLT
nails inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
α = angle between force and direction of the grain of the CLT panel outer layer.
d = d1 = nominal nail diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances are compliant with national specification ÖNORM EN 1995-1-1 - Annex K and are to be considered valid unless otherwise specified in the technical documents for the CLT panels.
• The minimum distances are valid for minimum CLT thickness tCLT,min = 10∙d1 and for minimum individual layer thickness ti,min = 9 mm.
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-22/0002.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the nails, reference was made to ETA-22/0002.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and metal plates must be done separately.
• The characteristic shear strength are calculated for nails inserted without pre-drilled hole.
• The nails must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The values in the table are independent of the load-to-grain angle.
• The axial withdrawal resistance values were calculated considering a 90° ε angle between the grains and the connector and a penetration length of b.
• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBA/LBAI Ø4 nails has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE, always considering the case of thick plates according to ETA-22/0002 (SPLATE ≥ 1,5 mm).
• The characteristic shear-strength value for LBA Ø6 nails has been evaluated assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE, always considering the case of thick plate according to ETA-22/0002 (SPLATE ≥ 2,0 mm).
• In the case of combined shear and tensile stress, the following verification must be satisfied:
STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-LVL
DRYWALL SCREW
OPTIMISED GEOMETRY
Bugle head and phosphate-coated steel; ideal for fastening sheets of drywall.
FULLY FINE THREADED
Fully fine threaded screw, ideal for fastening on sheet metal supports.
DWS STRIP
bound version
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
DWS - bulk screws
d 1 CODE L description
[mm] [mm]
3,5 PH 2
4,2 PH 2
FE620005 35
FE620001 25 sheet metal substructure
FE620010 45
FE620015 55
FE620020 65 sheet metal substructure
GEOMETRY
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
DWS STRIP - bound screws
d 1 CODE L description
[mm] [mm]
3,9 PH 2
3,9 PH 2
3,9 PH 2
HH10600404 30 timber substructure
HH10600405 35
HH10600406 45
HH10600402 35
HH10600401 30 sheet-metal substructure max 0,75
HH10600403 45
HH10600397 30 fermacell
HH10600398 35
Compatible with nailgun HH3371, see page 405.
CONCRETE
CONCRETE
MBS | MBZ
| SKS EVO
SKR | SKS | SKP
CONNECTOR FOR TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE FLOORS
CERTIFICATION
Timber-to-concrete fastener with specific CE certification according to ETA-19/0244. Tested and calculated with parallel and crossed arrangement of 45° and 30° connectors, with and without wooden planking.
RAPID
DRY SYSTEM
Approved system, self-drilling, reversible, fast and minimally invasive. Optimum static and noise performances, both for new projects and structural restoration.
COMPLETE RANGE
Self-perforating tip with notch and countersunk cylindrical head. Available in two diameters (7 and 9 mm) and two lengths (160 and 240 mm) to optimize the number of fasteners.
INSTALLATION INDICATOR
During installation, the under head counter-thread serves as “correct installation” indicator and increases the fastener tightness inside the concrete.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• concrete EN 206-1
• lightweight concrete EN 206-1
• lightened concrete based on silicates
TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE
Ideal for composite floors and for renovation of existing floors. Stiffness values also calculated in the presence of vapour barrier sheet or soundproofing layer.
STRUCTURAL RESTORATION
Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods. Certification specific for application in timber-concrete structures.
Composite timber-concrete floors on CLT panel with 45° connectors arranged in a single row.
Composite timber-concrete floors with 30° connectors arranged in a double row.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
(2) The friction component µ can be considered only in arrangement with inclined non-crossed screws (30° e 45°) and without the soundproofing foil.
]
(3) Value only valid in the absence of soundproofing foil for arrangements with 45° angled, uncrossed connectors
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
SLIP MODULUS K ser
The K ser slip modulus is to be understood as relating to a single connector or a pair of crossed connectors subject to a parallel force at the slip surface.
connector arrangement without soundproofing layer
connector arrangement with soundproofing layer
at a
parallels
crossed
crossed I ef = depth of CTC connector pull-through into timber element, in millimetres. Soundproofing foil is defined as a resilient underscreed foil, in bitumen and polyester felt, like SILENT FLOOR.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIALLY LOADED CONNECTORS
d 1 [mm] 7 9
a1 [mm] 130∙sin(α )
a 2 [mm] 35 45
a 1,CG [mm] 85 85
a 2,CG [mm] 32 37
a CROSS [mm] 11 14
α = angle between connector and grain
α = 45°/30°
NOTE on page 269
crossed parallel at 30°/45°
α )
PRELIMINARY SIZING OF CTC CONNECTORS FOR TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE FLOORS
Solid timber C24 (EN 338:2004) - not subject to continuous monitoring
Installation at a 45° angle, without soundproofing layer.
Installation at a 45° angle, with soundproofing layer.
Crossed installation at a 45° angle, with or without soundproofing layer.
STRUCTURAL VALUES - CALCULATION STANDARD NTC 2018
PRELIMINARY SIZING OF CTC CONNECTORS FOR TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE FLOORS
Glulam GL24h (EN14080:2013) - subject to continuous monitoring
Installation at a 45° angle, without soundproofing layer.
Installation at a 45° angle, with soundproofing layer.
Crossed installation at a 45° angle, with or without soundproofing layer.
STRUCTURAL VALUES - CALCULATION STANDARD EN 1995-1-1-2014
PRELIMINARY SIZING OF CTC CONNECTORS FOR TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE FLOORS
Glulam GL24h (EN14080:2013)
Installation at a 45° angle, without soundproofing layer.
Installation at a 45° angle, with soundproofing layer.
Crossed installation at a 45° angle, with or without soundproofing layer.
EXAMPLES OF POSSIBLE CONFIGURATIONS
CTC CONNECTORS ARRANGED AT 45° IN PARALLEL CONFIGURATION ON 1 ROW
CTC CONNECTORS ARRANGED AT 45° IN PARALLEL CONFIGURATION IN 2 ROWS
CTC CONNECTORS ARRANGED AT 45° IN CROSSED CONFIGURATION ON 1 ROW
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• For the mechanical strength values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-19/0244.
• The design shear strength of the single inclined connector is given by the minimum contribution between the design strength on the timber side (Rax,d), the concrete design shear strength (Rax,concrete,d) and the steel design shear strength (Rtens,d): Rax,d Rax,concrete,d Rtens,d Rv,Rd = (cos α + µ sin α) min
where α is the angle between connector and grain (45° or 30°).
• Soundproofing foil is defined as a resilient underscreed foil, in bitumen and polyester felt, like SILENT FLOOR.
• The friction component µ can be considered only in arrangement with inclined non-crossed screws (30° e 45°) and without the soundproofing foil.
• The minimum height of the timber beam must be H ≥ 100 mm.
• The concrete collaborating slab must have a thickness sc of 50 mm ≤ sC ≤ 0,7 H; however, it is recommended to limit the thickness to a maximum of 100 mm to ensure the correct distribution of forces between the slab, connector and timber beam.
NOTES
• The pre-dimensioning of the CTC connectors was performed according to Appendix B of EN 1995-1-1:2014 and ETA-19/0244.
• The predimensioning tables for the number of connectors were calculated according to both the Italian standard NTC 2018 and the European standard EN 1995-1-1:2014, making the following assumptions:
- distance between beams i = 660 mm;
- class C20/25 concrete slab (Rck=25 N/mm2) with thickness sC=50 mm;
- the presence of a 20 mm thick t s board with a characteristic density of 350 kg/m3;
- in the concrete slab, a Ø8 electrowelded mesh with a mesh size of 200 x 200 mm is planned.
• The predimensioning tables for the number of connectors were calculated according to both the Italian standard NTC 2018 and the European standard EN 1995-1-1:2014, considering the following loads as agents:
- own weight gk1 (timber beam + wooden planking + concrete slab);
- permanent non-structural load gk2 = 2 kN/m2;
- variable load of medium duration qk = 2 kN/m2
• Pitch means the minimum and maximum spacing values at which the connectors are positioned, respectively at the sides (L/4 - minimum spacing) and in the central part of the beam (L/2 - maximum spacing).
• The connectors may be arranged in several rows (1 ≤ n ≤ 3) along the beam, subject to the minimum distances.
• For different calculation configurations, the MyProject software is available (www.rothoblaas.com).
TC FUSION
TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE JOINT SYSTEM
HYBRID STRUCTURES
The VGS, VGZ and RTR full-thread connectors are now certified for any type of application where a timber element (wall, ceiling, etc.) must transmit stresses to a concrete element (bracing core, foundation, etc.).
PREFABRICATION
The concrete prefabrication combines with timber prefabrication: the reinforcing bars inserted into the concrete casting accommodate the full thread timber connectors; the supplementary casting carried out after installing the timber components completes the connection.
POST-AND-SLAB SYSTEMS
It allows connections between CLT panels with exceptional strength and stiffness for shear, bending moment and axial stress: an example is its use with SPIDER and PILLAR.
FIELDS OF USE
Timber-to-concrete joints:
• CLT, LVL
• glulam and solid timber
• concrete according to EN 206-1
SPIDER AND PILLAR
TC FUSION complements the SPIDER and PILLAR systems, allowing the implementation of moment connections between panels. Rothoblaas waterproofing systems make it possible to separate timber and concrete.
CONNECTORS
FIELD OF USE
ETA 22/0806 is specifically for timber-concrete applications with VGS, VGZ and RTR all-thread connectors. The calculation method for evaluating both joint strength and stiffness is made explicit. The connection allows the transfer of shear, tensile and bending moment stresses between timber elements (CLT, LVL, GL) and concrete, both at floor and wall level.
Rigid joint:
• cut in the panel plane (Vy)
• out-of-plane cutting (Vx)
• tension (N)
• bending moment (M)
Hinge joint:
• cut in the panel plane (Vy)
• out-of-plane cutting (Vx)
• tension (N)
INSTALLATION
Rothoblaas FOR
CONNECTIONS
APPLICATIONS | CLT-CONCRETE
FLOOR-FLOOR
FLOOR-WALL
WALL-FOUNDATION
WALL-WALL
FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD
STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM
More information on applications with the TC FUSION system in the data sheets of the VGS and RTR connectors. Discover them on page 164 and page 196
| MBZ
SELF-TAPPING SCREW FOR MASONRY
TIMBER AND PVC DOORS/WINDOWS
The countersunk head (MBS) allows PVC window frames to be installed without damaging the frame. The cylindrical head (MBZ) is able to penetrate and remain embedded in timber frames.
IFT CERTIFICATION
Strength values in different substrates tested in cooperation with the Institute for Window Technology (IFT) in Rosenheim.
HI-LOW THREADING
The HI-LOW thread allows for safe fastening even near the edges of the support, thanks to the reduced tension induced on the material, ideal for frames. LENGTH [mm]
DIAMETER [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
Fastening of timber (MBZ) and PVC (MBS) window frames on the following supports:
• solid and perforated brick
• solid and perforated concrete
• light concrete
• autoclaved aerated concrete
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
MBS - countersunk screw
GEOMETRY AND PARAMETERS OF INSTALLATION
MBZ - cylindrical head
hole diameter in the timber element
Hole diameter in the PVC element d F [mm] 7,5 -
d 1 screw diameter
d K head diameter
d 0 diameter of pre-drilling hole concrete/brickwork
d V pre-drilling hole diameter in the timber element
d F hole diameter in the PVC element
h nom nominal anchoring depth
STRUCTURAL VALUES
WITHDRAWAL RESISTANCE
(1)The recommended withdrawal values are obtained considering a safety coefficient of 3.
INSTALLATION
SKR EVO | SKS EVO
SCREW ANCHOR FOR CONCRETE
RAPID DRY SYSTEM
Fast and easy operation. The special threading requires a small predrill and guarantees fastening on concrete without creating expansion stresses in the concrete. Reduced minimum distances.
C4 EVO COATING
Inorganic-based multilayer coating with a functional outer layer of epoxy matrix with aluminium flakes. Suitability for atmospheric corrosivity class C4 and service class 3.
LARGER HEAD
Robust and easy to install, thanks to the increased geometry of the SKR hexagonal head.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Fastening of timber or steel elements to concrete supports.
SKR EVO - hexagonal head
SKS EVO - countersunk head
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS - ACCESSORIES
CODE description
SOCKET13 SW 13 bushing 1/2” connection
SOCKET16 SW 16 bushing 1/2” connection
SOCKET18 SW 18 bushing 1/2” connection
d 1 external diameter of anchor
L anchor length
t fix maximum fastening thickness
h1 minimum hole depth
hnom nominal anchoring depth
d 0 hole diameter in the concrete support
dF maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened
SW wrench size
dK head diameter
T inst tightening torque
SKR | SKS | SKP
SCREW ANCHOR FOR CONCRETE CE1
SEISMIC PERFORMANCE
Certified for applications on cracked and non-cracked concrete and in performance class for seismic actions C1 (M10-M16) and C2 (M12-M16).
IMMEDIATE STRENGTH
Its operating principle allows the load to be applied after zero waiting times.
OPERATION BY SHAPE
The stresses acting on the anchor are transmitted to the substrate predominantly through the interaction of the geometric conformation of the anchor, in particular, diameter and thread; allowing it to lock into the substrate and guaranteeing the seal.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
Fastening of timber or steel elements to supports:
• concrete according to EN 206:2013
• cracked and uncracked concrete
SKR - hexagonal head with mock washer
SKS - countersunk head
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS - ACCESSORIES
GEOMETRY
d 1 external diameter of anchor
L anchor length
t fix maximum fastening thickness
h1 minimum hole depth
hnom nominal anchoring depth
h ef effective anchor depth
d 0 hole diameter in the concrete support
dF maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened SW wrench size
dK head diameter
T inst tightening torque
METAL
SBS A2 | AISI304 SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREW
SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREW
SBN - SBN A2 | AISI304
MCS A2 | AISI304
MTS A2 | AISI304
TIMBER-TO-METAL
DRILLING METAL
Timber-metal screws have a special tip that allows the hole to be drilled into the metal elements directly during installation of the screw.
Their operation follows the same principles as drill and cut bits.
Metal drilling produces much heat around the working area: 80% of this heat is contained in the steel shavings generated during the process.
It is essential to keep drilling waste away from the drill in order to preserve its pull-through capabilities.
Generally, wood-metal screw tips are made of carbon steel, which is less stable than drill steel tips (SNAIL METAL) when subjected to high temperatures.
In extreme situations, the heat generated can reach such high levels that the tip melts and burns in the wood.
In timber, milling greater than the depth of the plate facilitates the removal of drilling residues and helps to maintain an acceptable temperature near the tip.
The temperature of the tip depends proportionally on:
SCREWDRIVER REVOLUTIONS [RPM]
We recommend the use of screwdrivers with speed control, equipped with a clutch or torque control (e.g. Mafel A 18M BL).
APPLIED FORCE [kg]
This is the force with which the operator pushes the screw during installation.
PLATE HARDNESS
It is the metal's strength to drilling or cutting, which does not depend so much on the material class as on the heat treatment to which the metal has been subjected (e.g. quenching/ tempering).
In general, a lower applied force and lower screwing speed is required to drill aluminium than steel, precisely because of its lower hardness.
Insertion tests of self-drilling dowels in timber-steel applications with controlled force.
The table shows the balanced combinations of screwdriver RPM and force (Fappl) to be used to easily drill steel depending on the nominal diameter of the screw/dowel.
The applied force can be decreased, as long as the number of screwdriver revolutions is increased proportionally (and vice versa).
In the case of particularly hard steels, reducing the screwdriver revolutions and increasing the applied force can help.
TIMBER-TO-METAL TIPS AND SCREWS
HOW DO TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREWS WORK?
The shape of the tip favours cleaning the hole, pushing steel shavings away from the hole.
The narrowing at the tip of the SBD serves precisely to create space for cutting waste away from the drilling area.
The maximum fixable thickness (A max) corresponds to the length of the screw minus the tip and 3 thread turns.
3 thread turns are in fact the ideal length for gripping the screw in the metal plate.
The length of the tip L p determines the maximum thickness that can be drilled.
L p must be long enough to channel the residues. If the thread makes contact with the plate before drilling is complete, the connector may break.
TIMBER-METAL TIP WITH FINS
In applications where the thickness of the timber element to be fixed (A) is much greater than that of the metal plate (s), fins are used at the tip
The fins protect the thread, ensuring that it does not come into contact with the timber element.
By creating an enlarged hole, the fins do not damage the thread and allow it to reach the plate intact.
Once they come into contact with the plate, the fins break, allowing the thread to grip the plate.
SELF-DRILLING DOWEL
TAPERED TIP
The new tapered self-perforating tip minimises insertion times in timber-to-metal connection systems and guarantees applications in hardto-reach positions (reduced application force).
GREATER STRENGTH
Higher shear strengths than the previous version. The 7.5 mm diameter ensures higher shear strengths than other solutions on the market and enables optimisation of the number of fasteners.
DOUBLE THREAD
The thread close to the tip (b1 ) facilitates screwing. The longer under-head thread (b 2) allows quick and precise closing of the joint.
CYLINDRICAL HEAD
It allows the dowel to penetrate beyond the surface of the timber substrate. It ensures an optimal appearance and meets fire-strength requisites.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
VIDEO
Scan the QR Code and watch the video on our YouTube channel
FIELDS OF USE
Self-drilling system for concealed timber-to. steel joints.
It can be used with screw guns running at 6002100 rpm, minimum applied force 25 kg, with:
• steel S235 ≤ 10.0 mm
• steel S275 ≤ 10.0 mm
• steel S355 ≤ 10.0 mm
• ALUMINI, ALUMIDI and ALUMAXI brackets
MOMENT RESTORING
It restores shear and moment forces in concealed centreline joints of large beams.
EXCEPTIONAL SPEED
The only dowel that drills a 5 mm thick S355 plate in 20 seconds (horizontal application with an applied force of 25 kg).
No self-drilling pin exceeds the application speed of the SBD with its new tip.
Fastening of Rothoblaas pillar-holder with internal knife plate F70.
joint with double internal plate (LVL).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
SBDS75215 215 40 40 50
SBDS75235 235 40 40 50
GEOMETRY
AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
INSTALLATION | ALUMINIUM PLATE
It is suggested to have a milling in the wood equal to the thickness of the plate increased by at least 1 mm.
pressure to be applied
40 kg
recommended screwdriver Mafell A 18M BL
recommended speed 1st gear (600-1000 rpm)
INSTALLATION | STEEL PLATE
pressure to be applied 25 kg
recommended screwdriver Mafell A 18M BL
recommended speed 1st gear (600-1000 rpm)
It is suggested to have a milling in the wood equal to the thickness of the plate increased by at least 1 mm.
pressure to be applied
40 kg
recommended screwdriver Mafell A 18M BL
recommended speed 2nd gear (1000-1500 rpm)
PLATE HARDNESS
pressure to be applied 25 kg
recommended screwdriver Mafell A 18M BL
recommended speed 2nd gear (1500-2000 rpm)
The steel plate hardness can greatly vary the pull-through times of the dowels. Hardness is in fact defined as the material's strength to drilling or shear. In general, the harder the plate, the longer the drilling time.
The hardness of the plate does not always depend on the strength of the steel, it can vary from point to point and is strongly influenced by heat treatments: standardised plates have a medium to low hardness, while the hardening process gives the steel high hardnesses.
1 INTERNAL PLATE - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 0 mm
1 INTERNAL PLATE - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 15 mm
2 INTERNAL PLATES - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 0 mm
2 INTERNAL PLATES - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 10 mm
;
;
a4,t [mm] 3∙d
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal dowel diamter
NOTES
• Minimum distances FOR CONNECTORS SUBJECTED TO SHEAR STRESS in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR-STRESSED DOWELS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several dowels, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system.
For a row of n dowels arranged parallel to the direction of the grain (α = 0°) at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• Mechanical strength values and dowels geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.
• The values provided are calculated using 5 mm thick plates and a 6 mm thick milled cut in the wood. Values are relative to a single SBD dowel.
• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be carried out separately.
• The dowels must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The effective length of SBD (L ≥ 95 mm) dowels takes into account the diameter reduction in the vicinity of the self-drilling tip.
NOTES
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
For different ρ k values, the strength on the table on the timber side can be converted by the kdens,v coefficient
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
It is suggested to have a milling in the wood equal to the thickness of the plate, increased by at least 1-2 mm, placing SHIM spacers between the wood and the plate to centre it in the milling.
In this way, the steel residue from the drilling of the metal has an outlet to escape and does not obstruct the passage of the drill through the plate, thus avoiding overheating of the plate and timber and also preventing the generation of smoke during installation.
To avoid breakage of the tip at the moment of pin-plate contact, it is recommended to reach the plate slowly, pushing with a lower force until the moment of impact and then increasing it to the recommended value (40 kg for top-down applications and 25 kg for horizontal installations). Try to keep the dowel as perpendicular as possible to the surface of the timber and the plate.
If the steel plate is too hard, the dowel tip may shrink significantly or even melt. In this case, it is advisable to check the material certificates for any heat treatment or hardness tests performed. Try decreasing the force applied or alternatively changing the type of plate.
SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREW
CERTIFIED
The SBS self-drilling screw is CE marked according to EN 14592. It is the ideal choice for professionals who demand quality, safety and reliable performance in structural timber-to-metal applications.
TIMBER-TO-METAL TIP
Special self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling capacity both in aluminium (thickness: up to 8 mm) and steel (thickness: up to 6 mm).
CUTTING FINS
The fins protect the screw thread during timber pull-through. They guarantee maximum threading efficiency in metal and perfect adhesion between the thickness of the wood and the metal.
[mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
Direct fastening, without pre-drilling hole, of timber elements to steel substructures:
• in S235 steel with a maximum thickness of 6 mm
• in aluminium with a maximum thickness of 8,0 mm
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
s S thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37
s A thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
INSTALLATION
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER-TO-STEEL
CHARACTERISTIC VALUES EN 1995:2014
4,2
ε = screw-to-grain angle
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.
• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be carried out separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.
NOTES | TIMBER
• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SS ≤ 0,5 d1 ) and intermediate plate (0,5 d1 < SS < d1 ).
• The characteristic shear strengths on a steel plate are calculated for the minimum drilling hole thickness ss,min (min plate) and maximum ss,max (max plate).
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
• For the Ø4.2 and Ø4.8 screws, the characteristic pull-through strength of the head was calculated by taking the values from the experimental tests carried out at the HFB Engineering laboratory, Leipzig, Germany, as valid.
SBS A2 | AISI304
SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREW
BIMETAL SCREW
The head and body are made of A2 | AISI304 stainless steel, thus providing high resistant to corrosion. The tip is made of carbon steel for excellent drilling performance.
TIMBER-TO-METAL TIP
Special self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling capacity both in aluminium and steel. The fins protect the screw thread during timber pull-through.
STAINLESS STEEL
The A2 | AISI304 stainless steel head and body make it ideal for outdoor applications. Very sharp under-head ribs for a perfect surface finish on the wooden element.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
FIELDS
OF USE
Direct fastening, without pre-drilling hole, of timber elements to steel substructures:
• in S235 steel with a maximum thickness of 6,0 mm
• in aluminium with a maximum thickness of 8,0 mm
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
s S thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37 s A thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate
GEOMETRY
INSTALLATION
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SCREWING: steel: v S ≈ 1000 - 1500 rpm aluminium: vA ≈ 600-1000 rpm
OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENT
Austenitic A2 stainless steel offers higher corrosion resistance.
Suitable for outdoor applications up to 1 km from the sea and on class T4 acid wood.
SPP
SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREW
CERTIFIED
The SPP self-drilling screw is CE marked according to EN 14592. It is the ideal choice for professionals who demand quality, safety and reliable performance in structural timber-to-metal applications.
TIMBER-TO-METAL TIP
Special self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling capacity both in aluminium (thickness: up to 10 mm) and steel (thickness: up to 8 mm).
CUTTING FINS
The fins protect the screw thread during timber pull-through. They guarantee maximum threading efficiency in metal and perfect adhesion between the thickness of the wood and the metal.
WIDE RANGE
The SPP version, with partially thread, is ideal for fastening sandwich panels, even thick ones, to steel. Very sharp under-head ribs for a perfect surface finish on the wooden element.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
Direct fastening, without pre-drilling hole, of timber elements to steel substructures:
• in S235 steel with a maximum thickness of 8 mm
• in aluminium with a maximum thickness of 10 mm
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
6,3 TX 30
s S thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37
s A thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
SIP PANELS
The SPP version is ideal for fastening SIP panels and sandwich panels thanks to the complete range of lengths (up to 240 mm).
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER-TO-STEEL
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
[mm] 12∙d
a3,t [mm] 15∙d
a3,c [mm] 10∙d
a4,t [mm] 5∙d
a4,c [mm] 5∙d
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
a3,t [mm] 12∙d
a3,c [mm] 7∙d
a4,t [mm] 3∙d
a4,c [mm] 3∙d
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
1 [mm] 5∙d
[mm] 10∙d
a4,t [mm] 10∙d
[mm] 5∙d
[mm] 7∙d
a3,c [mm] 7∙d
a4,t [mm] 7∙d
NOTES
• Minimum distances in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
EFFECTIVE NUMBER FOR SHEAR LOADS
The load-bearing capacity of a connection made with several screws, all of the same type and size, may be lower than the sum of the load-bearing capacities of the individual connection system. For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective load-bearing capacity is equal to:
Ref,V,k = RV,k nef
The n ef value is given in the table below as a function of n and a1
1( * )
( * ) For intermediate a1 values a linear interpolation is possible.
STRUCTURAL VALUES | STEEL-TO-TIMBER
CHARACTERISTIC VALUES
EN 1995:2014
ε = screw-to-grain angle
INSTALLATION
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SCREWING: steel: v S ≈ 1000 - 1500 rpm aluminium: vA ≈ 600-1000 rpm
STRUCTURAL VALUES
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.
• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be carried out separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The head pull-through characteristic strength was calculated using timber elements.
NOTES | TIMBER
• The characteristic plate shear strengths are evaluated by considering the case of intermediate plate (0,5 d1 < SPLATE < d1 ) or thick plate (SPLATE ≥ d1 ).
• The characteristic shear strengths on a steel plate are calculated for the minimum drilling hole thickness Ssmin (min plate) and maximum Ssmax (max plate).
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered.
SBN - SBN A2 | AISI304
SELF-DRILLING METAL SCREW
TIP FOR METAL
Special self-perforating tip for iron and steel in thicknesses ranging from 0,7 mm to 5,25 mm. Ideal for fastening overlapping sections of metal and sheet metal.
FINE THREAD
Fine thread ideal for precise fastening on sheet metal or for metal-to-metal or timber-to-metal couplings.
STAINLESS STEEL
Also available in a bimetal version with head and body in A2 | AISI304 stainless steel and tip in carbon steel. Ideal for outdoor fastening of clips on aluminium supports.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
FIELDS OF USE
Direct fastening, without pre-drill, of metal structural elements to steel substructures (maximum thickness: 5,25 mm).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
SBN
| AISI304
3,5
s thickness that can be drilled, metal plate (steel or aluminium)
GEOMETRY
INSTALLATION
01 02 03
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SCREWING: steel: v S ≈ 1000 - 1500 rpm aluminium: vA ≈ 600-1000 rpm
SBN A2 | AISI304
Ideal for outdoor fastening to standard Rothoblaas aluminium clips.
See CLIP for decks from page 356.
SELF-DRILLING SCREW FOR STEEL, HEXAGONAL HEAD
SELF-PERFORATING TIP
Self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling capacity (up to 6 mm on steel).
EFFECTIVE
Self-tapping thread for steel and hexagonal head with dummy washer SW 10.
WATERTIGHT
Complete with integrated washer with EPDM seal for watertight fastening.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
EPDM gasket
FIELDS OF USE
Direct fastening, without pre-drill hole, of metal structural elements and sheet metal to steel substructures maximum thickness 6,0 mm.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
s thickness that can be drilled, metal plate (steel or aluminium)
GEOMETRY
TRAPEZOIDAL METAL SHEET ROOFS
Thanks to its steel drilling capability and the watertightness of the combined washer, it is the ideal choice for application on trapezoidal sheet metal.
MCS A2 | AISI304
SCREW WITH WASHER FOR METAL SHEET
INTEGRATED WASHER
A2 | AISI304 stainless steel screw with integrated A2 | AISI304 stainless steel washer and EPDM gasket.
STAINLESS STEEL
The A2 | AISI304 stainless steel ensures high resistance to corrosion. Also available in various colours: copper or chocolate brown.
TORX BIT
Convex head with Torx slot for secure fastening of sheet metal on wood or plaster. Ideal for fixing gutters and sheet metal flaps on wood.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
FIELDS OF USE
It can be used outdoors in aggressive environments. Fastening metal structural elements to wooden substructures.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY
MCS4525A2 25 200
MCS4535A2 35 200
MCS4545A2 45 200
MCS4560A2 60 200
1 CODE L pcs [mm] [mm] 4,5 TX 20
MCS4580A2 80 100
MCS45100A2 100 200
MCS45120A2 120 200
MCS4525A2M 25 200
MCS4535A2M 35 200
1 CODE L pcs [mm] [mm] 4,5 TX 20
MCS4545A2M 45 200
MCS4525CU 25 200
MCS4535CU 35 200
MCS4545CU 45 200
MCS4560CU 60 200
1 CODE L pcs [mm] [mm] 4,5 TX 20
MCS4580CU 80 100
MCS45100CU 100 100 MCS45120CU 120 200
MCS4525A2B 25 200
MCS4535A2B 35 200
1 CODE L pcs [mm] [mm] 4,5 TX 20
MCS4545A2B 45 200
PERGOLAS
Ideal for fastening trapezoidal metal on the wooden pergolas and outdoor structures.
MTS A2 | AISI304
SCREWS FOR METAL SHEET
HEXAGONAL HEAD
Ideal for use in combination with WBAZ washers to achieve water-tight fastening to metal sheet; requires a pre-drill. The hexagonal head facilitates any subsequent removal.
STAINLESS STEEL
The A2 | AISI304 stainless steel ensures high resistance to corrosion and excellent durability, even in very aggressive environments.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
Nominal
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
GEOMETRY
Mechanical parameters from experimental tests.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH
PRE-PAINTED METAL SHEET CAP WITH PE GASKET
WATERPROOF
Prepainted carbon steel cap complete with PE gasket for a watertight seal with the sheet.
40 x 50 mm aluminium version.
COMPLETE RANGE
Full range of sizes for compatibility with different trapezoidal sheet metal sizes on the market.
AESTHETIC PERFORMANCE
Available in a variety of colours to suit every roofing aesthetic requirement.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
STAINLESS STEEL WASHER WITH SEALING GASKET
WATERPROOF
Perfect watertight closure and excellent sealing thanks to the EPDM sealing gasket.
RESISTANT TO UV RAYS
Excellent resistance to UV rays. Ideal for outdoor use thanks to the adaptability of the EPDM gasket and washer in stainless steel A2 | AISI304.
VERSATILITY
Ideal for use on sheets (thickness: up to 0,7 mm) in combination with TBS EVO Ø6 screws, that can be installed without pre-drill, or with MTS A2 | AISI304 screws, installed with pre-drill.
EPDM gasket
FIELDS OF USE
Ideal in combination with TBS EVO, TBS EVO C5 or MTS screws for fastening metal sheets to timber and metal substructures exposed to weathering and UV radiation.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
screw D 2 H
÷
INSTALLATION
Correct tightening
NOTES:
Excessive tightening
The thickness of the washer after installation is approximately 8-9 mm.
TBS EVO + WBAZ fastening package Ø x L [mm]
6 x 60 min. 0 - max. 30
6 x 80 min. 10 - max. 50
6 x 100 min. 30 - max. 70
6 x 120 min. 50 - max. 90
6 x 140 min. 70 - max. 110
6 x 160 min. 90 - max. 130
6 x 180 min. 110 - max. 150
6 x 200 min. 130 - max. 170
MTS A2 + WBAZ fastening package
Ø x L [mm]
6 x 80 min. 10 - max. 50
6 x 100 min. 30 - max. 70
6 x 120 min. 50 - max. 90
For more information on related products see page 102 for TBS EVO and page 308 for MTS A2.
Insufficient tightening
The maximum thickness of the fastening package was calculated by ensuring a minimum penetration length into the wood of 4d.
FAUX ROOFING TILE
Tightening off axis
Can also be used on sandwich panels, corrugated panels and faux roofing tiles.
DECKS AND FACADES
DECKS AND FACADES
SCI
SCI A4 | AISI316
SCI A2 | AISI304
KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316
CONE-SHAPED
KKT A4 | AISI316 CONE-SHAPED
KKT
FAS A4 | AISI316
KKZ A2 | AISI304
KKZ
KKF
JFA
WOOD SPECIES | pH and density
Each wood species has unique characteristics that influence its stability and strength to weathering, mould, fungus and pests. Where the density of the material is such that the functionality of the connector is compromised (ρ k > 500 kg/m3), pre-drilling is required prior to screwing. The limiting density depends on the type of connector chosen.
ρk pH
The pH of each wood is an indication of the presence of acetic acid, a corrosive agent for various types of metal in contact with wood, especially when the latter is in service class S3. The classification of wood for average moisture contents between 16 and 20 per cent (classes T3/T4) and consequently the type of connectors to be used depends on the pH value.
ρ k = 510-750 kg/m3 pH = 3,3-5,8
ρ k ≈ 750 kg/m3 pH = 3,8-4,2
ρ k = 550-980 kg/m3 pH = 3,8-4,2
Heat treatments
ρ k = 630-790 kg/m3 pH = 4,9-6,0 pH > 4
ρ k = 700-800 kg/m3 pH ~ 6,2
ρ k = 510-750 kg/m3 pH = 3,1-4,4
ρ k = 420-580 kg/m3 pH = 2,5-3,5
ρ k = 490-630 kg/m3 pH ~ 3,9
Heat or thermo-impregnating treatments can introduce aggressive components (e.g. copper) into the wood structure and/or lower the pH value. Sometimes the reduction in pH is such that the corrosivity class changes from T3 to T4. (e.g. Beech pH ~ 3,4).
"standard" timbers low acidity “aggressive” woods high acidity
ρ k = 960-1100 kg/m3 pH ~ 3,9
ρ k = 90-260 kg/m3 pH = 5,5-6,7
ρ k = 410-435 kg/m3 pH = 5,5-6,0
ρ k = 540-750 pH ~ 6,1
ρ k = 900-1000 kg/m3 pH = 4,9-5,2
Maritime pine Pinus pinaster
ρ k = 500-620 kg/m3
pH ~ 3,8
European chestnut Castanea sativa
ρ k = 580-600 kg/m3
pH = 3,4-3,7
Common ash Fraxinus excelsior
ρ k = 720-860 kg/m3
pH ~ 5,8
Oak Quercus petraea
ρ k = 665-760 kg/m3
pH ~ 3,9
Scots pine Pinus sylvestris
ρ k = 510-890 kg/m3
pH ~ 5,1
Oak or European oak Quercus robur
ρ k = 690-960 kg/m3
pH = 3,4-4,2
Olmo Ulmus
ρ k = 550-850 kg/m3
pH = 6,45-7,15
European larch Larix decidua
ρ k = 590-850 kg/m3
pH = 4,2-5,4
Spruce Picea abies
ρ k = 470-680 kg/m3
pH = 4,1-5,3
Beech
Fagus
ρ k = 720-910 kg/m3
pH ~ 5,9
White birch Birch warty
ρ k = 650-830 kg/m3
pH = 4,85-5,35
Iroko
Milicia
Tectona grandis
ρ k = 660-700 kg/m3
pH ~ 5,1
Idigbo Terminalia ivorensis
ρ k = 450-600 kg/m3
pH = 3,5-4,1
ρ k = 690-850 kg/m3
pH = 5,6-7,0
Obeche Triplochiton scleroxylon
ρ k = 400-550 kg/m3
pH = 5,4-6,2
African padouk Pterocarpus soyauxii
ρ k = 700-850 kg/m3
pH = 3,7-5,6
Jarrah Eucalyptus marginata
ρ k = 800-900 kg/m3
pH = 3-3,7
African ebony Acer rubrum
ρ k = 1000-1200 kg/m3
pH = 4,2
African mahogany Khaya
ρ k = 450-550 kg/m3
pH = 5,0 - 5,4
Density and pH taken from: "Wagenführ R; Wagenführ A. Holzatlas (2022)" and from "Canadian Conservation Institute Jean Tetreault, Coatings for Display and Storage in Museums (January 1999)".
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
MAXIMUM CORROSION PERFORMANCE
Rated in the highest corrosion resistance class by EN 1993-1-1:2006/ A1:2015 (CRC V), it offers the highest atmospheric corrosion (C5) and wood (T5) resistance.
HCR: HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Austenitic stainless steel. It is characterised by its high molybdenum and nickel content for maximum corrosion resistance, while the presence of nitrogen ensures excellent mechanical performance.
INDOOR POOLS
The chemical composition, in particular the high nickel and molybdenum content, confers strength to chloride pitting and, hence, stress corrosion cracking. This is the reason why it is the only category of stainless steel suitable for use in indoor swimming pools according to Eurocode 3.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
HCR | AL-6XN (CRC V) super-austenitic stainless steel
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor and indoor use in extremely aggressive environments.
• indoor pools
• façade
• very wet areas
• oceanic climate
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
Mechanical parameters from experimental tests.
SAUNAS AND WELLNESS CENTRES
Ideal in environments with very high moisture and the presence of salts and chlorides.
SCI A4 | AISI316
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
SUPERIOR STRENGTH
Special asymmetrical umbrella thread, elongated reamer cutter and under-head cutting ribs provide the screw with higher torsional strength and safer screwing.
A4 | AISI316
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel for high corrosion resistance. Ideal for environments adjacent to the sea in corrosivity class C5 and for insertion on the most aggressive timbers in class T5.
T5 TIMBER CORROSIVITY
Suitable for use in applications on agressive woods with an acidity (pH) level below 4 such as oak, Douglas fir and chestnut, and in wood moisture conditions above 20%.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel (CRC III)
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use in highly aggressive environments. Wooden boards with density of < 470 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 620 kg/m3 (with pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
It is the screw of choice when high mechanical performance is required under very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions.
Find out more on page 58.
GEOMETRY Nominal
(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
Mechanical parameters from experimental tests
MARINE ENVIRONMENTS
Can be used in aggressive environments and in areas near the sea thanks to the A4 | AISI316 stainless steel.
SCI A2 | AISI304
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
SUPERIOR STRENGTH
New tip, special asymmetrical umbrella thread, elongated reamer cutter and under-head cutting ribs provide the screw with higher torsional strength and safer screwing.
A2 | AISI304
A2 austenitic stainless steel. It offers high corrosion resistance. Suitable for outdoor applications up to 1 km from the sea in class C4 on most acid woods in class T4.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Wooden boards with density of < 470 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 620 kg/m3 (with pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
3,5
15
4 TX 20
4,5
SCI4030
( * ) Not holding CE marking.
SCI A2 COIL
Bound version available for fast and accurate installation. Ideal for large projects.
Compatible with KMR 3373 and KMR 3352 for Ø4 and KMR 3372 and KMR 3338 for Ø5. For further information see page 403.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
RELATED PRODUCTS
HUS A4
TURNED WASHER see page 68
GEOMETRY
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal screw diameter
MINIMUM DISTANCES
NOTES
• The minimum distances are according to EN 1995:2014 considering a calculation diameter of d = nominal screw diameter.
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
STRUCTURAL VALUES
NOTES
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the second element and the connector.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal strengths were evaluated by considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains of the timber element and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength values in the table can be converted by the kdens coefficient (see page 42).
• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 42).
STRUCTURAL VALUES
geometry
timber-to-timber
SHEAR
CHARACTERISTIC VALUES
EN 1995:2014
TENSION
timber-to-timber with washer thread withdrawal head pull-through head pull-through with washer
legno-legno con rondella
3,5
4
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2014 and in accordance with EN 14592.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The characteristic resistance to head pull-through was calculated using timber elements.
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths with washer were evaluated considering the actual thread length in the second element.
KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316
CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW
COLOURED HEAD
Version in A4 | AISI316 stainless steel with brown, grey or black coloured head. Excellent camouflaging with wood. Ideal for very aggressive environments, for acidic, chemically treated wood and very high internal moisture (T5).
COUNTER THREAD
The inverse (left-hand) under-head thread guarantees excellent grip. Small conical head to ensure it is hidden in the timber.
TRIANGULAR BODY
The three-lobed thread makes it possible to cut the wood grain during screwing. Exceptional pull-through capacity.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A4 austenitic stainless steel | AISI316 (CRC III) with organic coloured head coating
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use in highly aggressive environments. Wooden boards with density of < 550 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m3 (with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
BROWN COLOUR HEAD BLACK COLOUR HEAD
GREY COLOUR HEAD
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
hole diameter(1)
V [mm]
- 4,0 (1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS Nominal
[N/mm 2]
CARBONIZED WOOD
Ideal for fastening wooden planks with a burnt effect. Can also be used with acetylate-treated woods.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
k ≤ 420 kg/m3
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 12 d 60
a 2 [mm] 5 d 25
a3,t [mm] 15 d 75
a3,c [mm] 10 d 50
a4,t [mm] 5 d 25
α = load-to-grain angle
d = screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 5 d 25
a 2 [mm] 3 d 15
a3,t [mm] 12∙ d 60
a3,c [mm] 7∙ d 35
a4,t [mm] 3 d 15
a4,c [mm] 3 d 15
α = load-to-grain angle
d = screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances are according to EN 1995:2014 considering a calculation diameter of d = screw diameter.
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
a 2 [mm] 5 d 25
a3,t [mm] 10 d 50
a3,c [mm] 10 d 50
a4,t [mm] 10 d 50
a4,c [mm] 5 d 25
a4,c [mm] 5 d 25 d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 5 d 25
d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 4 d 20
a 2 [mm] 4 d 20
a3,t [mm] 7∙ d 35
a3,c [mm] 7∙ d 35
a4,t [mm] 7 d 35
a4,c [mm] 3 d 15
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
STRUCTURAL VALUES
geometry
timber-to-timber without pre-drilling hole
SHEAR
timber-to-timber with pre-drilling hole
legno-legno con preforo
L b
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
thread withdrawal
CHARACTERISTIC
EN 1995:2014
TENSION
head pull-through including upper thread withdrawal
NOTES
• The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.
• The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using timber elements also considering the underhead thread.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic
has been considered.
A4 | AISI316
CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW
AGGRESSIVE ENVIRONMENTS
A4 | AISI316 stainless steel version ideal for very aggressive environments, for acidic, chemically treated wood and very high internal moisture (T5). KKT X version with short length and long bit for use with clips.
COUNTER THREAD
The inverse (left-hand) under-head thread guarantees excellent grip. Small conical head to ensure it is hidden in the timber.
TRIANGULAR BODY
The three-lobed thread makes it possible to cut the wood grain during screwing. Exceptional timber pull-through.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel (CRC III)
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use in highly aggressive environments. Wooden boards with density of < 550 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m3 (with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).
CODES
AND
KKT A4 | AISI316
DIMENSIONS
KKT X A4 | AISI316 -
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
A4 | AISI316
X A4 | AISI316
GEOMETRY
(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
X Ideal for fastening standard Rothoblaas clips (TVM, TERRALOCK) in outdoor environments. Long bit included in each package.
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 12∙ d 60
a 2 [mm] 5 d 25
a3,t [mm] 15 ∙ d 75
a3,c [mm] 10 d 50
a4,t [mm] 5 d 25
a4,c [mm] 5 d 25
α = load-to-grain angle
d = screw diameter
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 15 d 75
a 2 [mm] 7 d 35
a3,t [mm] 20 d 100
a3,c [mm] 15 ∙ d 75
a4,t [mm] 7 d 35
a4,c [mm] 7∙ d 35
α = load-to-grain angle
d = screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 5 d 25
a 2 [mm] 3 d 15
a3,t [mm] 12∙ d 60
a3,c [mm] 7 d 35
a4,t [mm] 3 ∙ d 15
a4,c [mm] 3 d 15
α = load-to-grain angle
d = screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances are according to EN 1995:2014 considering a calculation diameter of d = screw diameter.
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 5 ∙ d 25
a 2 [mm] 5 d 25
a3,t [mm] 10 ∙ d 50
a3,c [mm] 10 d 50
a4,t [mm] 10 d 50 a4,c [mm] 5 d 25
d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 7 d 35 a 2 [mm] 7 d 35
a3,t [mm] 15 d 75
a3,c [mm] 15 ∙ d 75
a4,t [mm] 12 d 60
a4,c [mm] 7∙ d 35
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 4 d 20
a 2 [mm] 4 d 20
a3,t [mm] 7∙ d 35
a3,c [mm] 7 d 35
a4,t [mm] 7∙ d 35
a4,c [mm] 3 d 15
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
EN 1995:2014
KKT A4 |AISI316
geometry
timber-to-timber without pre-drilling hole
SHEAR TENSION
timber-to-timber with pre-drilling hole
thread withdrawal head pull-through including upper thread withdrawal
KKT X A4 |AISI316 SHEAR TENSION
geometry
steel-to-timber thin plate
steel-to-timber intermediate plate thread withdrawal
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.
• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be carried out separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The KKT A4 screws with double thread are mainly used for timber-to-timber joints.
• The KKT X total thread screws are mainly used for steel plates (e.g. TERRALOCK patio system).
NOTES
• The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.
• The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using timber elements also considering the underhead thread.
• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1 ) and intermediate plate (0,5 d1 < SPLATE < d1 ).
• In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 420 kg/m3 has been considered.
KKT COLOR
CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW
ORGANIC COLOURED COATING
Carbon steel version with coloured anti-rust coating (brown, grey, green, sand and black) for outdoor use in service class 3 on non acid timbers (T3).
COUNTER THREAD
The inverse (left-hand) under-head thread guarantees excellent grip. Small conical head to ensure it is hidden in the timber.
TRIANGULAR BODY
The three-lobed thread makes it possible to cut the wood grain during screwing. Exceptional timber pull-through. FIELDS
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
carbon steel with coloured organic anti-rust coating
OF USE
Outdoor use.
Wooden boards with density of < 780 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m3 (with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
KKT BROWN COLOUR
5 TX 20
6 TX 25
KKT GREY COLOUR
5 TX 20
KKT GREEN COLOUR
KKT SAND COLOUR
KKT
Full threaded screw.
KKT COLOR STRIP
Bound version available for fast and accurate installation. Ideal for large projects.
For information on screwdriver and additional products see page 403.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
KKT BROWN COLOUR
Compatible with KMR 3372 loaders, code HH3372 and HH3338 with appropriate TX20 bit (code TX2075)
GEOMETRY
(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d [mm] 5
α = load-to-grain angle
d = screw diameter
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d
α = load-to-grain angle
d = screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d [mm]
a
a
a3,t
a3,c
α = load-to-grain angle
d = screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances are compliant with EN 1995:2014, according to ETA-11/0030, considering a calculation diameter of d = screw diameter.
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
STRUCTURAL VALUES
KKT SHEAR TENSION
timber-to-timber without pre-drilling hole
geometry
steel-to-timber thin plate steel-to-timber intermediate plate thread withdrawal CHARACTERISTIC VALUES EN 1995:2014
with pre-drilling hole
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.
• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and steel plates must be carried out separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The KKT screws with twin thread are mainly used for wood-wood joints.
• The KKTN540 fully threaded screw is mainly used for steel plates (e.g. FLAT patio system).
NOTES
• The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.
• The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using timber elements also considering the underhead thread.
• A characteristic head-pull-through parameter equal to 20 N/mm2 with associated density ρ a = 350 kg/m3 is considered in the calculation phase for the Ø5 diameter.
• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated considering the case of thin plate (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1 ) and intermediate plate (0,5 d1 < SPLATE < d1 ).
• In the case of steel-to-timber connections, generally the steel tensile strength is binding with respect to head separation or pull-through.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 420 kg/m3 has been considered.
FAS A4 | AISI316
SCREWS FOR FAÇADES
OPTIMISED GEOMETRY
Thanks to its flange head, partially threaded body and self-drilling tip, it is the appropriate screw for fastening façade panels (HPL, fibre cement sheets, etc.) on timber battens.
A4 | AISI316
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel for high corrosion resistance. Ideal for environments adjacent to the sea in corrosivity class C5 and for insertion on the most aggressive timbers in class T5.
COLOURED HEAD
Available in white, grey or black for perfect colour uniformity with the panel. The colour of the head can be customised on request.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel (CRC III)
FIELDS OF USE
It can be used outdoors in aggressive environments. Fixing of façade elements (HPL panels, fibre cement slabs, etc.) to timber substructures.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
FAS: stainless steel
FAS N: RAL 9005 - black
GEOMETRY
FAS W: RAL 9010 - white
FAS G: RAL 7016 - anthracite gray
COMPATIBILITY
FAS is compatible with the most common fibre cement and HPL façade panel systems.
A2 | AISI304
COUNTERSUNK CYLINDRICAL HEAD SCREW
HARD WOODS
Special tip with sword-shaped geometry specially designed to efficiently drill very high density woods without pre-drill (with pre-drill, over 1000 kg/m3).
DOUBLE THREAD
The larger diameter right-hand under-head thread ensures an effective grip, guaranteeing good coupling of the wooden elements. Concealed head.
BURNISHED VERSION
Available in a version in antique-burnished stainless steel, ideal to guarantee superb camouflaging in the wood.
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Wooden boards with density of < 780 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 1240 kg/m3 (with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
KKZ BRONZE A2 | AISI304
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS Nominal
HARD WOOD
Also tested on very high density woods, such as IPE, massaranduba or bamboo Microllam® (over 1000 kg/m3).
ACID TIMBER T4
Based on Rothoblaas' experimental experience, A2 (AISI 304) stainless steel is suitable for use in applications on most agressive woods with acidity (pH) levels below 4, such as oak, Douglas fir and chestnut (see page 314).
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 12∙ d 60
a 2 [mm] 5 d 25
a3,t [mm] 15 ∙ d 75
a3,c [mm] 10 d 50
a4,t [mm] 5 d 25
a4,c [mm] 5 d 25
α = load-to-grain angle
d = nominal screw diameter
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
[mm]
a 1 [mm] 5 ∙ d
a 2 [mm] 5 d
a3,t [mm] 10 ∙ d
a3,c [mm] 10 d 50 a4,t [mm] 10 d 50 a4,c [mm] 5 d 25
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 15 d 75
a 2 [mm] 7 d 35
a3,t [mm] 20 d 100
a3,c [mm] 15 ∙ d 75
a4,t [mm] 7 d 35
a4,c [mm] 7∙ d 35
α = load-to-grain angle
d = nominal screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 5 d 25
a 2 [mm] 3 d 15
a3,t [mm] 12∙ d 60
a3,c [mm] 7 d 35
a4,t [mm] 3 ∙ d 15
d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 7 d 35 a 2 [mm] 7 d 35
a3,t [mm] 15 d 75 a3,c [mm] 15 ∙ d 75 a4,t [mm] 12 d 60
a4,c [mm] 7∙ d 35
a 2 [mm] 4 d 20
a3,t [mm] 7∙ d 35 a3,c [mm] 7 d 35
a4,t [mm] 7∙ d 35
a4,c [mm] 3 d 15
a4,c [mm] 3 d 15 d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 4 d 20
α = load-to-grain angle
d = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances are according to EN 1995:2014 considering a calculation diameter of d = nominal screw diameter.
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
geometry
timber-to-timber without pre-drilling hole
SHEAR
timber-to-timber with pre-drilling hole
thread withdrawal
CHARACTERISTIC
EN 1995:2014
TENSION
head pull-through including upper thread withdrawal
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
NOTES
• The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.
• The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using timber elements also considering the underhead thread.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 420
has been considered.
COUNTERSUNK CYLINDRICAL HEAD SCREW
C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. Salt Spray Test (SST) with exposure time greater than 3000 h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.
DOUBLE THREAD
The larger diameter right-hand under-head thread ensures an effective grip, guaranteeing good coupling of the wooden elements. Concealed head.
HARD WOODS
Special tip with sword-shaped geometry specially designed to efficiently drill very high density woods without pre-drill (with pre-drill, over 1000 kg/m3).
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
carbon steel with C5 EVO coating with very high corrosion resistance
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Wooden boards with density of < 780 kg/m3 (without pre-drill) and < 1240 kg/m3 (with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
Pre-drilling hole diameter(1)
V [mm]
(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.
DISTANCE FROM THE SEA
RESISTANCE TO CHLORIDE EXPOSURE(1) A4 | AISI316 stainless steel
C5 EVO anti-corrosion coating (2)
(1) C5 is defined according to EN 14592:2022 based on EN ISO 9223. (2) EN 14592:2022 currently limits the service life of alternative coatings to 15 years.
MAXIMUM STRENGTH
It ensures high mechanical performance even in the presence of very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions.
EWS AISI410 | EWS A2
CONVEX HEAD SCREW
AESTHETIC PERFORMANCE AND ROBUSTNESS
Countersunk teardrop shaped head with curved surface for a pleasant look and firm grip with the bit. The increased shank diameter with high torsional strength for a strong, safe screwing even in high density woods.
EWS AISI410
The martensitic stainless steel version offers the highest mechanical performance. Suitable for outdoor applications and on acid wood, but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).
EWS A2 | AISI305
The austenitic A2 stainless steel version offers higher corrosion resistance. Suitable for outdoor applications up to 1 km from the sea and on most of T4 class acid woods.
LENGTH [mm]
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use.
WPC boards (with pre-drill).
EWS AISI410: wooden boards with density of < 880 kg/m3 (without pre-drill).
EWS A2 | AISI305: wooden
of <
(with
(without
and
with
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
EWS A2 | AISI305
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood specie.
WITHOUT PRE-DRILLED HOLE
EWS AISI410 can be used, without pre-drill, in woods having a maximum density of 880 kg/m3 EWS A2 | AISI305 can be used, without predrill, in woods having a maximum density of 550 kg/m3
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 12∙ d 60
a 2 [mm] 5 d 25
a3,t [mm] 15 ∙ d 75
a3,c [mm] 10 d 50
a4,t [mm] 5 d 25
a4,c [mm] 5 d 25
α = load-to-grain angle
d = screw diameter
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 15 d 75
a 2 [mm] 7 d 35
a3,t [mm] 20 d 100
a3,c [mm] 15 ∙ d 75
a4,t [mm] 7 d 35
a4,c [mm] 7∙ d 35
α = load-to-grain angle
d = screw diameter
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 5 d 25
a 2 [mm] 3 d 15
a3,t [mm] 12∙ d 60
a3,c [mm] 7 d 35
a4,t [mm] 3 ∙ d 15
a4,c [mm] 3 d 15
α = load-to-grain angle
d = screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances are according to EN 1995:2014 considering a calculation diameter of d = screw diameter.
d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 5 ∙ d 25
a 2 [mm] 5 d 25
a3,t [mm] 10 ∙ d 50
a3,c [mm] 10 d 50
a4,t [mm] 10 d 50
a4,c [mm] 5 d 25
d [mm] 5
a 1 [mm] 7 d 35 a 2 [mm] 7 d 35
a3,t [mm] 15 d 75
a3,c [mm] 15 ∙ d 75
a4,t [mm] 12 d 60
a4,c [mm] 7∙ d 35
d [mm] 5 a 1 [mm] 4 d 20
a 2 [mm] 4 d 20
a3,t [mm] 7∙ d 35
a3,c [mm] 7 d 35
a4,t [mm] 7∙ d 35
a4,c [mm] 3 d 15
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
STRUCTURAL VALUES
CHARACTERISTIC VALUES EN 1995:2014
EWS AISI410 SHEAR TENSION
geometry
timber-to-timber without pre-drilled hole
timber-to-timber with pre-drilling hole thread withdrawal head pull-through
EWS A2 | AISI305 SHEAR TENSION
geometry
timber-to-timber without pre-drilled hole
timber-to-timber with pre-drilling hole thread withdrawal head pull-through
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2014.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod γM The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• Mechanical strength values and screw geometry comply with CE marking according to EN 14592.
• Values were calculated considering the threaded part as being completely inserted into the wood.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
NOTES
• The axial thread withdrawal resistance was calculated considering a 90° angle between the grain and the connector and for a fixing length of b.
• The axial resistance to head pull-through was calculated using wood elements.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic
has been considered.
KKF AISI410
PAN HEAD SCREW
PAN HEAD
The flat under-head accompanies absorption of the shavings, preventing the wood from cracking and thus ensuring excellent surface finish.
LONGER THREAD
Special asymmetric “umbrella” thread with increased length (60%) for higher grip. Fine thread for the utmost precision when tightening is complete.
OUTDOOR APPLICATIONS ON ACID WOOD
Martensitic stainless steel. This stainless steels offers the highest mechanical performance compared to the other available stainless steels. Suitable for outdoor applications and on acid wood, but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
FIELDS
OF USE
Outdoor use.
Wooden boards with density < 780 kg/m3 (without pre-drill).
WPC boards (with pre-drill).
GEOMETRY
AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) Pre-drilling valid for softwood.
(2) Pre-drilling valid for hardwood and beech LVL.
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
applications with different materials please see ETA-11/0030.
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = nominal screw diameter
NOTES
• The minimum distances comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• The minimum spacing for all steel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,7.
• The minimum spacing for all panel-to-timber connections (a1 , a2) can be multiplied by a coefficient of 0,85.
• In the case of joints with elements in Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii), the minimum spacing and distances parallel to the grain must be multiplied by a coefficient of 1.5.
• The spacing a1 in the table for screws with 3 THORNS tip and d1≥5 mm inserted without pre-drilling hole in timber elements with density ρ k ≤ 420 kg/m3 and load-to-grain angle α=0° was assumed to be 10∙d based on experimental tests; alternatively, adopt 12∙d in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
• For a row of n screws arranged parallel to the direction of the grain at a distance a1 , the characteristic effective shear bearing capacity Ref,V,k can be calculated by means of the effective number n ef (see page 34).
SHEAR TENSION
ε = screw-to-grain angle
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values comply with the EN 1995:2014 standard in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rd = Rk kmod
γM
The coefficients γ M and kmod should be taken according to the current regulations used for the calculation.
• For the mechanical resistance values and the geometry of the screws, reference was made to ETA-11/0030.
• Sizing and verification of the timber elements and panels must be done separately.
• The screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• The characteristic shear resistances are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
• Shear strengths were calculated considering the threaded part fully inserted in the second element.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths are calculated considering an OSB3 or OSB4 panel, as per EN 300, or a particle board panel, as per EN 312, with thickness SPAN and density ρ k = 500 kg/m3
• The thread withdrawal characteristic strength has been evaluated considering a fixing length equal to b.
• The characteristic resistance to head pull-through was calculated using timber elements.
NOTES
• The characteristic timber-to-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (RV,90,k ) and 0° (RV,0,k ) between the grains and the connector in the second element.
• The characteristic panel-timber shear strengths were evaluated considering an angle ε of 90° between the grains and the connector in the timber element.
• The characteristic thread withdrawal resistances were evaluated considering both an ε angle of 90° (Rax,90,k ) and of 0° (Rax,0,k ) between the grains and the connector.
• For the calculation process a timber characteristic density ρ k = 385 kg/m3 has been considered. For different ρ k values, the strength on the table (timber-to-timber shear and tensile) can be converted by the kdens coefficient.
R’V,k = RV,k kdens,v
R’ax,k = Rax,k kdens,ax
R’head,k = Rhead,k kdens,ax
ρ
Strength values thus determined may differ, for higher safety standards, from those resulting from an exact calculation.
KKA AISI410
SELF-DRILLING SCREW
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER | TIMBER-TO-ALUMINIUM
TIMBER-TO-ALUMINIUM
Self-perforating timber-to-metal tip with special bleeder geometry. Ideal for fastening timber or WPC boards to aluminium substructures.
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER
Also ideal for fastening timber or WPC boards to thin wooden substructures, they, too, made with wooden boards.
METAL-TO-ALUMINIUM
Short version ideal for fastening clips, plates and angle brackets to aluminium substructures. Can be used to fix aluminium-aluminium overlaps.
OUTDOOR APPLICATIONS ON ACID WOOD
AISI410 martensitic stainless steel. This stainless steels offers the highest mechanical performance compared to the other available stainless steels. Suitable for outdoor applications and on acid wood, but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).
DIAMETER [mm]
LENGTH [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
AISI410 martensitic stainless steel
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use.
Wooden boards with density of < 880 kg/m3 on aluminium with a thickness of < 3.2 mm (without pre-drill).
s thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37 thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate
GEOMETRY
ALU TERRACE
for fastening timber or WPC boards, clips or angle brackets to aluminium substructures.
KKA COLOR
SELF-DRILLING SCREW FOR ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM
Self-perforating tip with special bleeder geometry. Ideal for fastening clips to aluminium substructures.
ORGANIC COLOURED COATING
Black coloured anti-rust coating for outdoor use in service class 3 on non-acidic woods (T3). Concealed effect on dark substructures and clips.
METAL-TO-ALUMINIUM
Short version ideal for fastening clips, plates and angle brackets to steel or aluminium substructures. Can be used to fix metal-metal overlaps.
KKAN Ø4x30
KKAN Ø4x40
KKAN Ø5x40
LENGTH [mm]
DIAMETER [mm] long insert included
SERVICE CLASS
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
carbon steel with coloured organic anti-rust coating
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use. Aluminium thickness < 3.2 mm (without pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
s thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37 thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate
LONG BIT INCLUDED code TX2050
GEOMETRY
KKAN Ø4x30 - Ø4x40 - Ø5x40 KKAN Ø4x20
COLOR
Ideal for fastening standard Rothoblaas clips (TVMN) on aluminium. Long bit included in each package.
FLAT | FLIP
CONNECTOR FOR DECKING
INVISIBLE
Completely hidden. The version in aluminium with black coating guarantees an attractive result; the galvanized steel version offers good performance at low cost.
FAST INSTALLATION
Fast, easy installation thanks to the single-screw fastening and the integrated spacer-tab for precise spacing. Ideal for application with the PROFID spacer.
SYMMETRICAL GROOVING
Makes it possible to install deck planks regardless of the position of the grooving (symmetrical). Ribbed surface provides high mechanical strength.
BOARDS
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use.
Fastening of timber or WPC boards with symmetrical milling on substructures in wood, WPC or aluminium.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
KKT COLOR fastening on wood and WPC for FLAT and FLIP
KKA COLOR fastening on aluminium for FLAT and FLIP
GEOMETRY
WOOD PLASTIC COMPOSITE (WPC)
Ideal for fastening WPC boards. Can also be used for fastening on aluminium using KKA COLOR screws (KKAN440).
SYMMETRICAL GROOVING
Min. thickness F 4 mm
Min. recommended height H H free
INSTALLATION
Position the PROFID spacer at the joist centerline. First board: fix it with suitable screws, left visible or hidden thanks to specific accessories.
Position the next board by inserting it into the FLAT/FLIP fastener.
Insert the FLAT/FLIP fastener into the groove cut so that the spacer tab adheres to the board.
Fix the fastener to the joist underneath by using the KKTN screw.
Using the CRAB MINI or CRAB MAXI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap between them is 7 mm (see product page 395).
Repeat the operations for the remaining boards. Last board: repeat step 01.
INCIDENCE ESTIMATE FORMULA PER m2
i = battens spacing
L = board width
f = gap width
PRACTICAL EXAMPLE
NUMBER OF BOARDS AND BATTENS
B = 4 m
B = 4 m
m
SCREW SELECTION
L f PROFID FLAT/FLIP
BOARD
BATTEN
PATIO SURFACE 1m 2 /i/(L + f) = pcs of FLAT/FLIP at m 2
WOODEN PLANKING
27 boards 4 m 27 boards 2 m
Screw head thickness
BATTENS
FLAT / FLIP NUMBER CALCULATION
QUANTITY FOR INCIDENCE FORMULA
I = S/i/(L + f) = pcs of FLAT/FLIP
I = 24 m 2 /0,6 m/(0,14 m + 0,007 m) = 272 pcs FLAT/FLIP
waste coefficient = 1,05
I = 272 1,05 = 286 pcs FLAT/FLIP
I = 286 pcs FLAT/FLIP
FLAT/FLIP NUMBER = 286 pcs
Pull-through length
no. boards = [B/(L+f)] = [4/(0,14+0,007)]= 27 boards
no. 4 m boards = 27 boards no. 2 m boards = 27 boards no. battens = [A/i] + 1 = (6/0,6) +1 = 11 battens
PROFID KKTN
MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH = S screw head + F + H + S PROFID + L pen = 2,8 + 4 + 7 + 8 + 20 = 41,8 mm
CHOICE OF SCREW KKTN550
QUANTITY FOR THE NUMBER OF INTERSECTIONS
I = No. boards with FLAT/FLIP no. battens = pcs. of FLAT/FLIP
no. boards with FLAT/FLIP = (number of boards - 1) = (27 - 1) = 26 boards no. of battens = (A/i) + 1 = (6/0.6) + 1 = 11 battens
no. intersections = I = 26 11 = 286 pcs FLAT/FLIP
I = 286 pcs FLAT/FLIP
SCREWS NUMBER = No. FLAT/FLIP = 286 pcs KKTN550
SNAP
CONNECTOR AND SPACER FOR DECKS
VERSATILITY
It can be used both as a concealed connector for boards and as a spacer between boards and battens. SNAP is developed to be used individually but also in combination. In this case, SNAPs have dual functionality as connector and spacer, for maximum efficiency and convenience.
MICRO VENTILATION
When used as a spacer, SNAP prevents water stagnation thanks to the micro-ventilation created under the decking boards.
DURABILITY
PP (glass fiber reinforced polypropylene) material provides excellent durability at an affordable price.
BOARDS
MATERIAL FASTENING
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use.
Fastening of timber or WPC boards with symmetrical milling on substructures in wood, WPC or aluminium.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
KKZ A2 | AISI304 fastening on hardwood
KKZ EVO C5 fastening on hardwood
GEOMETRY
DECK KIT
SNAP, KKT screws, TERRA BAND UV tape and GRANULO or NAG batten support are the best products for building a strong and durable terrace quickly and economically.
CONNECTOR FOR DECKING
FOUR VERSIONS
Different sizes for applications on boards with different thickness and gaps of varying width. Black version for complete concealment.
DURABILITY
The stainless steel ensures high corrosion-resistance. The micro-ventilation between the boards helps the durability of the wooden elements.
ASYMMETRIC GROOVING
Ideal for boards with asymmetrical “female-female” groove cuts. Ribbing on the surface of the connector ensures excellent stability.
BOARDS
FASTENING ON A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
MATERIAL stainless steel with coloured organic coating
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Fastening timber or WPC boards on substructures in wood, WPC or aluminium.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
A2 | AISI304
KKT X fastening on timber and WPC for TVM A2 | AISI304
A2 | AISI304 with black coating
KKT COLOR fastening on timber and WPC for TVM COLOR
KKA AISI410 fastening on aluminium for TVM A2 | AISI304
KKA COLOR fastening on aluminium for TVM COLOR
GEOMETRY
Can also be used for fastening on aluminium profiles using KKA AISI410 or KKA COLOR screws.
ASYMMETRICAL GROOVING
Min. thickness F 3 mm
Min recommended height TVM1 H 7 mm
Min recommended height TVM2 H 9 mm
Min recommended height TVM3 H 10 mm
Min. recommended height TVMN H 13 mm
INSTALLATION
Position the PROFID spacer at the joist centerline. First board: fix with suitable screws which are left visible.
Insert the TVM fastener into the groove cut so that the side fin adheres to the groove in the board.
Position the next board by inserting it into the TVM fastener.
Fix the fastener to the batten underneath by using the KKT screw.
Using the CRAB MINI or CRAB MAXI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap between them is 7 mm (see product page 395).
Repeat the operations for the remaining boards. Last board: repeat step 01.
INCIDENCE ESTIMATE FORMULA PER m2
1m 2 /i/(L + f) = pcs of TVM at m 2
i = battens spacing
L = board width
f = gap width
PRACTICAL EXAMPLE
NUMBER OF BOARDS AND BATTENS
CALCULATION EXAMPLE S = A ∙ B = 6 m ∙ 4 m = 24 m 2
PATIO SURFACE
WOODEN PLANKING
B = 4 m
B = 4 m
SCREW SELECTION
27 boards 4 m 27 boards 2 m
BATTENS
no. boards = [B/(L+f)] = [4/(0,14+0,007)]= 27 boards no. 4 m boards = 27 boards no. 2 m boards = 27 boards no. battens = [A/i] + 1 = (6/0,6) +1 = 11 battens
BOARD
BATTEN
TVM NUMBER CALCULATION
QUANTITY FOR INCIDENCE FORMULA
I = S/i/(L + f) = pcs of TVM
I = 24 m 2 /0,6 m/(0,14 m + 0,007 m) = 272 pcs TVM
waste coefficient = 1,05
I = 272 1,05 = 286 pcs TVM
I = 286 pcs TVM
TVM NUMBER = 286 pcs
MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH = S screw head + H + S PROFID + L pen = 2,8 + 10 + 8 + 20 = 40,8 mm
CHOICE OF SCREW KKTX540A4
QUANTITY FOR THE NUMBER OF INTERSECTIONS
I = no. boards with TVM no. battens = pcs. of TVM
no. boards with TVM = (number of boards - 1) = (27 - 1) = 26 boards
no. of battens = (A/i) + 1 = (6/0.6) + 1 = 11 battens
no. intersections = I = 26 11 = 286 pcs TVM
I = 286 pcs TVM
SCREWS NUMBER = No. TVM = 286 pcs KKTX540A4
GAP
CONNECTOR FOR DECKING
TWO VERSIONS
Available in A2 | AISI304 stainless steel for excellent corrosion strength (GAP3) or in galvanized carbon steel (GAP4) for good performance at a low cost.
NARROW JOINTS
Ideal for making floors with narrow joints between boards (from 3,0 mm). Fastening is performed before the board is positioned.
WPC AND HARDWOODS
Ideal for symmetrically grooved boards such as those in WPC or high-density wood.
A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Fastening timber or WPC boards on substructures in wood, WPC or aluminium.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GAP 3 A2 | AISI304
SCI A2 | AISI304 fastening on timber and WPC for GAP 3
SBN A2 | AISI304 fastening on aluminium for GAP 3
GEOMETRY
3 A2 | AISI304
HTS
fastening on timber and WPC for GAP 4
SBN fastening on aluminium for GAP 4
WOOD PLASTIC COMPOSITE (WPC)
Ideal for fastening WPC boards. Can also be used for fastening on aluminium using SBN A2 | AISI304 screws.
SYMMETRICAL GROOVING
Min. thickness F 3 mm
Min. recommended height GAP 3 H 8 mm
GAP 3 INSTALLATION
First board: fix it with suitable screws, left visible or hidden thanks to specific accessories.
Insert the GAP3 fastener into the groove cut so that the clip’s central tab adheres to the groove in the board.
Fix the screw in the central hole.
Using the CRAB MINI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap between them is 3 or 4 mm depending on aesthetic requirements (see product page 395).
Position the next board by inserting it into the GAP3 fastener so that the two tabs adhere to the groove in the board.
Repeat the operations for the remaining boards. Last board: repeat step 01.
GAP 4 GROOVE GEOMETRY
SYMMETRICAL GROOVING
Min. thickness F 3 mm
Min recommended height GAP 4 H 7 mm
GAP 4 INSTALLATION
First board: fix it with suitable screws, left visible or hidden thanks to specific accessories.
Insert the GAP4 fastener into the groove cut so that the clips’ central tab adheres to the groove in the board.
Secure the screws in the two available holes.
Using the CRAB MINI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap between them is 4-5 mm depending on aesthetic requirements (see product page 395).
Position the next board by inserting it into the GAP4 fastener so that the two tabs adhere to the groove in the board.
Repeat the operations for the remaining boards. Last board: repeat step 01.
TERRALOCK
CONNECTOR FOR DECKING
INVISIBLE
Completely concealed, guarantees a highly attractive result. Ideal for both decks and façades. Available in metal and plastic.
VENTILATION
The micro-ventilation under the boards prevents water stagnation, ensuring excellent durability. The larger bearing surface ensures that the substructure is not crushed.
INGENIOUS
Assembly stop for an accurate and simple installation of the fastener. Slotted holes to follow movements of the wood. Allows replacement of individual boards.
BOARDS
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use. Fastening of wooden or WPC boards on substructures in timber, WPC or aluminium. In the case of dimensionally unstable wood, the use of the metal version is recommended.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
TERRALOCK
TER60ALU zinc-plated steel 60 x 20 x 8 100
TER180ALU zinc-plated steel 180 x 20 x 8 50
TER60ALUN zinc-plated steel, black 60 x 20 x 8 100
TER180ALUN zinc-plated steel, black 180 x 20 x 8 50
Upon request also available in A2 | AISI304 stainless steel for quantities over 20.000 pcs. (code TER60A2 e TER180A2).
KKT A4 | AISI316/KKT COLOR
fastening on wood and WPC for TERRALOCK
KKTX520A4 20 200
KKTX525A4 25 200
KKTX530A4 30 200
KKTX540A4 40 100
KKTN540 40 200
GEOMETRY
TERRALOCK
TERRALOCK PP
In the case of dimensionally unstable wood, the use of the metal version is recommended.
KKF AISI410
fastening on wood and WPC for TERRALOCK PP
TERRALOCK PP
TERRALOCK
PP
Version in plastic, ideal for creating patios near aquatic environments. Durability in time guaranteed by microventilation under the boards. Totally concealed fastening.
In the case of dimensionally unstable wood, the use of the metal version is recommended.
CONNECTOR SELECTION
TERRALOCK 60
A. TERRALOCK 60 fastener: 2pcs
B. top screws: 4pcs
C bottom screws: 1pc.
TERRALOCK PP 60
A. TERRALOCK PP 60 fastener: 2pcs
B. top screws: 4pcs
C bottom screws: 1pc.
TERRALOCK
180
A. TERRALOCK 180 fastener: 1pc
B. top screws: 2pcs
C bottom screws: 1pc.
TERRALOCK PP 180
A. TERRALOCK PP 180 fastener: 1 pc.
B. top screws: 2pcs
C bottom screws: 1pc.
TERRALOCK 60 INSTALLATION
Position two connectors per each fixing node.
Turn the board over and slide it under the previously fastened board fixed to the sub-structure.
TERRALOCK 180 INSTALLATION
Fix each fastener to the sub-structure by inserting a KKTX screw in one of the two slotted holes.
It is recommended to use STAR spacers inserted between the boards.
For each board arrange one fastener and fix it by means of two KKTX screws.
CALCULATION EXAMPLE
Turn the board over and slide it under the previously fastened board fixed to the sub-structure.
Fix each fastener to the sub-structure by inserting a KKTX screw in one of the two slotted holes.
i = i = joist spacing| L = board width | f = joint width
TERRALOCK 60
i = 0,60 m | L = 140 mm | f = 7 mm
1m 2 / i / (L + f) ∙ 2 = pcs at m 2 1m 2 / 0,6 m / (0,14 m + 0,007 m) ∙ 2 = 23 pcs /m 2 + 46 pcs. top screws type B/m2 + 12 pcs. bottom screws type C/m2
DECKS WITH COMPLEX GEOMETRIES
TERRALOCK 180
It is recommended to use STAR spacers inserted between the boards.
i = 0,60 m | L = 140 mm | f = 7 mm
1m 2 /i/(L + f) =pcs at m 2
1m 2 / 0,6 m/(0,14 m + 0,007 m) = 12 pcs /m 2 + 24 pcs. top screws type B/m2 + 12 pcs. bottom screws type C/m2
Thanks to its special geometric configuration, the TERRALOCK fastener allows to create decks with complex geometric layouts that will meet any aesthetic requirement. The two slotted holes and optimal positioning of the end stop allow for assembly on inclined substructures.
ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FOR DECKS
LEVELLING
The height-adjustable support can easily adapt to variations in substrate level. The rise also allows for ventilation under the joists.
DOUBLE REGULATION
Can be adjusted both from below, with a SW 10 wrench, or from above, using a flat-tip screwdriver. Fast, convenient, versatile system.
SUPPORT
The TPV plastic support base reduces the noise produced by footsteps and is UV-resistant. The ball-joint can adapt to uneven surfaces.
HEIGHT
can be adjusted from above and below
USE
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
Raising and levelling of the substructure.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY
TECHNICAL DATA
UNEVEN SURFACES
The adjustment from top and bottom allows for the most precise installation of decks on uneven surfaces.
Trace the joist midline, indicating the position of the holes and then pre-drill a 10 mm diameter hole.
The depth of the pre-drill depends on the assembly height R and must be at least 16 mm (bushing size).
Use a hammer to insert the bushing.
Screw the support into the bushing and turn the joist.
Place the joist on the substrate, parallel to the one previously laid.
Adjust the height of the support from the bottom using a 10 mm SW wrench.
Detail of adjustment from below.
JFA INSTALLATION WITH ADJUSTMENT FROM ABOVE
Follow the course of the ground by acting independently on the individual supports.
Trace the joist midline, indicating the position of the holes and then pre-drill a 10 mm diameter through hole.
We recommend a maximum of 60 cm between supports, to be checked according to depending on the load.
Use a hammer to insert the bushing.
Screw the support into the bushing and turn the joist.
Place the joist on the substrate, parallel to the one previously laid.
Adjust the height of the support from above using a flat screwdriver.
Detail of adjustment from above.
Follow the course of the ground by acting independently on the individual supports.
CALCULATION EXAMPLE
The number of supports per m2 is to be evaluated according to the load magnitude and the joist spacing.
INCIDENCE OF SUPPORTS ON SURFACE (I):
q = load [kN/m 2]
MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS (a):
a = min a max, JFA a max, JFA = 1/pcs/m2/i a max, batten E ∙ J ∙384 f lim ∙ 5 ∙ q ∙ i 3 a max, batten =
i = between battens spacing
flim = instantaneous strain limit between supports
E = material elastic modulus
J = joist section inertia modulus
PRACTICAL EXAMPLE S = A x B = 6 m x 4 m = 24 m 2
PROJECT DATA BATTENS
PATIO SURFACE
B = 4 m
i a 30 mm 50 mm A = 6 m 0,50 m
LOADS
Overload
Category of use: category A (balconies) (EN 1991-1-1)
Admissible JFA support capacity Fadm
Joist material C20 (EN 338:2016)
Limit for instantaneous deflection between supports f lim a/400 -
Material elastic moment E0,mean 9,5 kN/mm 2
Moment of joist section inertia J (b ∙ h3)/12 112500 mm4
Maximum joist deflection fmax (5/384) ∙ (q ∙ i ∙ a4)/(E ∙ J) -
JFA NUMBER CALCULATION
NUMBER OF JFA SUPPORTS
CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS
JOIST FLEXURAL LIMIT
flim = fmax
INCIDENCE a max, JFA = 1/n/i a max, JFA = 1/5,00/0,5 = 0,40 m
I = q/Fadm = pcs of JFA at m 2 I = 4,0 kN/m 2 /0,8 kN = 5,00 pcs/m 2 9,5 ∙ 112500 ∙ 384
Fadm = admissible JFA capacity [kN] with: therefore: I = q/Fadm = pcs of JFA at m 2
n = I ∙ S ∙ waste coeff. = pcs. of JFA n = 5,00 pcs/m 2 ∙ 24 m 2 ∙ 1,05 = 126 pcs of JFA waste coefficient = 1,05
SUPPORT STRENGTH LIMIT
a = = = 0,40
SUPPORT
ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FOR DECKS
THREE VERSIONS
The Small version (SUP-S) can be raised by up to 37 mm, the Medium version (SUP-M) by up to 220 mm and the Large version (SUP-L) by up to 1025 mm. All versions are adjustable in height.
STRENGTH
Sturdy system suitable for heavy loads. The Small (SUP-S) and Medium (SUP-M) versions can handle up to 400 kg. The Large version (SUP-L) can handle up to 1000 kg.
COMPATIBLE
All versions can be combined with a special head to facilitate lateral or upper fastening to the batten, which may be made of either timber or aluminium. A tile adapter is also available on request.
NEW “ALL IN ONE” SUP-L
It features not only excellent adjustability and load-bearing capacity, but also versatile, self-levelling heads that can automatically correct the slope of uneven installation surfaces by up to 5%; thanks to the SUPLKEY key, it can be adjusted from above for maximum stability in tile flooring systems.
MATERIAL
FIELDS OF USE
Substructure raising and levelling. Outdoor use.
DURABILITY
UV-resistant and suitable also for aggressive environment conditions. Ideal in combination with ALU TERRACE and KKA screws to create a system with excellent durability.
ADJUSTMENT FROM TOP
Thanks to the SUPLKEY key, it is adjustable from the top for maximum stability in tile flooring systems.
Ø Ø Ø1
CODES AND DIMENSIONS - SUP-M
12
(*) SUPLEXT100 extension not usable.
Head to be ordered separately.
Codes
INTERLOCKING HEADS FOR SUP-L
ACCESSORIES FOR SUP-L
EXTENSIONS AND SLOPE ADAPTERS FOR SUP-L
INSTALLATION OF SUP-S WITH SUPSLHEAD1
INSTALLATION OF SUP-M WITH SUPMHEAD2
INSTALLATION OF SUP-M WITH SUPMHEAD1
INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD1
INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD1 AND SUPLRING1
If provided, add the SUPLEXT100 extension to the SUP-L support and then fit the SUPLHEAD1 head. To lock the tilting of the self-levelling head, secure it with SUPLRING1. Adjust the height of the base as needed and fix the batten laterally with 4,5 mm diameter KKF screws.
INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD2 AND SUPLRING1
If provided, add the SUPLEXT100 extensions to the SUP-L support and then fir the SUPLHEAD2 head. To lock the tilting of the self-levelling head, secure it with SUPLRING1. Adjust the height as required and place the batten inside the fins.
INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD3 HEAD | HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT FROM TOP
Fit the SUPLHEAD3 head on SUP-L. Adjust the height of the support using SUPLKEY. Place the tiles on the supports. Level the floor by adjusting the height of the supports from the top with SUPLKEY without having to remove the tiles already installed. The tilting head allows self-levelling during installation for slopes of up to 5%.
INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD3 HEAD | HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT FROM BOTTOM
If provided, add the SUPLEXT100 extension to the SUP-L support and then fit the SUPLHEAD3 head. To lock the tilting of the self-levelling head, secure it with SUPLRING1. Position the SUPLRING2. Adjust the height as required and position the flooring.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS - FASTENING
ALU TERRACE
ALUMINIUM PROFILE FOR PATIOS
TWO VERSIONS
ALUTERRA30 version for standard loads. ALUTERRA50 version, in black, for very high loads; can be used on both sides.
SUPPORT EVERY 1.10 m
ALUTERRA50 designed with a very high inertia so that the SUPPORTS can be positioned every 1,10 m (along the profile midline), even with high loads (4,0 kN/m 2).
DURABILITY
The substructure made of aluminium profiles guarantees excellent patio durability. The drainage channel allows water to run off and generates effective micro-ventilation.
SECTIONS [mm]
SERVICE CLASS
MATERIAL
class 15 anodised aluminium in graphite black aluminium
FIELDS OF USE
Patio substructure. Outdoor use.
DISTANCE 1.10 m
With an inter-profile distance of 80 cm (load: 4.0 kN/m2), the SUPPORTS can be spaced 1,10 m apart and placed along the ALUTERRACE50 midline.
COMPLETE SYSTEM
Ideal for use in combination with SUPPORT, fixed laterally with KKA screws. System with excellent durability.
Stabilization of ALUTERRA50 with stainless steel plates and KKA screws.
Aluminium substructure made with ALUTERRA30 and resting on GRANULO PAD
ACCESSORY CODES AND DIMENSIONS
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
A2 | AISI304 1,75 15 100 - 50
A2 | AISI304 1,75 15 40 40 50
GEOMETRY
TERRACE 30
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
NOTES: upon request, P= 3000 mm version is available.
EXAMPLE OF FASTENING WITH SCREWS AND ALUTERRA30
50
Place the ALU TERRACE on the SUP-S fit with head SUPSLHEAD1.
Fix the ALU TERRACE with 4,0 mm diameter KKAN.
Fix the wooden or WPC boards directly on the ALU TERRACE with 5,0 mm diameter KKA screws.
EXAMPLE OF FASTENING WITH CLIP AND ALUTERRA50
Place the ALU TERRACE on the SUP-S fit with head SUPSLHEAD1.
Fix the ALU TERRACE with 4,0 mm diameter KKAN.
Fix the boards using FLAT concealed clips and 4,0 mm diameter KKAN screws.
Repeat the operations for the remaining boards.
Repeat the operations for the remaining boards.
Several ALUTERRA30 units can be connected lengthwise using stainless steel plates. Connection is optional.
Line up the ends of 2 aluminium profiles.
Place the LBVI15100 stainless steel plate on the aluminium profiles and fix with 4,0 x 20 KKA screws.
Do this on both sides to maximize stability. EXAMPLE PLACEMENT ON SUPPORT
Several ALUTERRA50 units can be connected lengthwise using stainless steel plates. Connection is optional if the joint coincides with placement on the SUPPORT.
Connect the aluminium profiles with KKAN screws (diameter: 4,0 mm) and place 2 aluminium profiles end to end.
Place the LBVI15100 stainless steel plate on the lateral holes in the aluminium profiles and fix with 4,0 x 20 KKA screws or KKAN 4,0 mm diameter.
Do this on both sides to maximize stability.
MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS
ALU TERRACE 50
NOTES
• Example with limit deformation L/300;
• Useful load according to EN 1991-1-1:
- Category A areas = 2,0 ÷ 4,0 kN /m²;
ALU TERRACE 30
SUPPORT SUPPORT
i = battens spacing a = distance between supports
ALU TERRACE 50
- Areas susceptible to category C2 crowding = 3,0 ÷ 4.0 kN/m²;
- Areas susceptible to category C3 crowding = 3,0 ÷ 5,0 kN/m²;
i = battens spacing a = distance between supports
The calculation was performed considering, for safety purposes, the static diagram of a single-span beam in simple support loaded with a uniformly distributed load.
GROUND COVER
ANTI-VEGETATION TARP FOR SUBSTRATES
PERMEABLE
The anti-vegetation tarp prevents the growth of grasses and roots, protecting the patio substructure from the ground. Permeable to water, allowing it to flow off.
STRONG
The polypropylene non-woven fabric (50 g/m 2 ) effectively separates the patio substructure from the ground. Dimensions optimised for patios (1,6 m x 10 m).
NAG
LEVELING PAD
OVERLAPPABLE
Available in 3 thicknesses (2,0, 3,0 and 5,0 mm), can also be overlapped to obtain different thicknesses and thus effectively level the patio substructure.
DURABILITY
The EPDM material guarantees excellent durability, is not subject to sagging in time and does not suffer from exposure to sunlight.
GRANULO
GRANULAR RUBBER SUBSTRATE
THREE FORMATS
Available in sheet (GRANULOMAT 1,25 x 10 m), roll (GRANULOROLL and GRANULO100) or pad (GRANULOPAD 8 x 8 cm). Extremely versatile thanks to the variety of formats.
GRAINY RUBBER
Made of granules of recycled rubber thermal-bonded with polyurethane. Resistant to chemical interactions, maintains its characteristics in time and is 100% recyclable.
ANTI-VIBRATION
The thermal-bonded rubber granules dampen vibrations, thus insulating the noise produced by footsteps. Also ideal as a wall barrier and resilient strip for acoustic separation.
s: thickness | B: base| L : length
MATERIAL
rubber granules thermo-bound with PU
FIELDS OF USE
Substrate for substructures in wood, aluminium, WPC and PVC. Outdoor use. Suitable for service classes 1-2-3.
TERRA BAND UV
BUTYL ADHESIVE TAPE
SPACER PROFILE
STAR FOR DISTANCES
COUNTERBORE CUTTER FOR KKT, KKZ, KKA
CRAB MINI
ONE-HANDED TERRACE CLAMP
CRAB MAXI
BOARD CLAMP, LARGE MODEL
SHIM
LEVELLING WEDGES
SHIM LARGE
LEVELLING WEDGES
THERMOWASHER
WASHER TO FASTEN INSULATION TO TIMBER
CE FASTENING WITH HBS SCREWS
The thermowasher is intended for use with screws with the CE marking in accordance with ETA. Ideal for Ø6 or Ø8 HBS screws, with lengths based on the thickness of the insulation to be fastened.
ANTI-THERMAL BRIDGE
Incorporated hole cover to avoid thermal bridges. Large cable spaces for proper plaster adhesion. Has a system that prevents the screw from pulling out.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
SERVICE CLASS
MATERIAL
Propylene (PP) system
FIELDS OF USE
The propylene washer with an external diameter of 65 mm is compatible with 6 and 8 mm screw diameters. Suitable for all types of insulation and all fixture thicknesses.
ANCHOR FOR FASTENING INSULATION TO
BRICKWORK
CERTIFIED
Anchor with the CE mark in accordance with ETA, with certified resistance values. Double expansion with preassembled steel nails allows for fast versatile fastening on concrete and brickwork.
DOUBLE EXPANSION
Ø8 PVC double expansion anchor with preassembled steel nails, for fastening to concrete and brickwork. Can be used, with an additional washer, on particularly soft insulating materials.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
FIELDS OF USE
Anchor available in various measurements for different insulation thicknesses; can be used with an additional washer for use with soft insulation; method of use and certified laying possibilities indicated in the relative ETA document.
CONNECTOR FOR TIMBER-INSULATING LAYER-CEMENT WALLS
TIMBER-INSULATING LAYER-CEMENT ENVELOPE
Designed for binding the cement finishing layer with the timber substructure of prefabricated timber-insulating layer-cement envelope walls.
REDUCED CEMENT LAYER
The omega shape of the connector allows the screw head to fit flush with the reinforcement of the cement layer without protruding, even in small thickness (up to 20 mm), and allows the screw to be applied at an angle of 0° to 45° to take full advantage of the screw thread withdrawal resistance.
LIFTING OF PREFABRICATED WALLS
Allowing the reduction of the cement finishing layer also results in a reduction of the layer's weight, thus returning the centre of gravity of the weight to the timber during handling and transport of the prefabricated walls.
FIELDS OF USE
• lightweight frame substructures
• timber, LVL, CLT, NLT based panel substructures
• hard and soft insulation layer
• cement-based finishing layers (plaster, concrete, lightweight concrete, etc.)
• metal reinforcements (electrowelded mesh)
• plastic reinforcements
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
WRAF A2 | AISI304
INSTALLATION PARAMETERS
FINISH plaster, concrete, lightweight concrete, cement mortar s pl,min [mm] 20 minimum thickness
GRID Ø2 mm steel M [mm] 20 ÷ 30 mesh size
INSULATION LAYER continuous insulation (soft or rigid) s in,max [mm] 400 thickness
SUBSTRUCTURE solid timber, glulam, CLT, LVL l ef,min [mm] 4∙d1 minimum penetration length
SCREWS HBS, HBS EVO, SCI d 1 [mm] 6 ÷ 8 diameter
NOTE: The number and position of the fastening systems depends on the design of the surface, the kind of insulator and acting load.
INSTALLATION SUGGESTIONS
Place the mesh for the surface finishing layer on top of the insulation, spacing it with the appropriate supports.
Apply the WRAF washers according to the defined arrangement, hooking it onto the net.
Fasten WRAF washers with screws to the substructure. Apply the finishing coat to the wall.
COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS
COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS
KMR 3373
KMR 3352
SCREWDRIVER
KMR 3338
SCREWDRIVER
KMR 3371 BATTERY
JIG
CORDLESS DRILL
• Soft / hard torque: 18/45 Nm
• Nominal minimum 1st gear: 0 - 510 (1/min)
• Nominal minimum 2° gear: 0 - 1710 (1/min)
• Nominal tension: 12 V
• Weight (including battery): 1,0 kg
CODES
For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.
A 18 | ASB 18
CORDLESS DRILL
• Electronic anti-kickback function
• Soft / hard torque: 65/130 Nm
• Nominal minimum 1st gear: 0 - 560 (1/min)
• Nominal minimum 2° gear: 0 - 1960 (1/min)
• Nominal tension: 18 V
• Weight (including battery): 1,8 kg / 1,9 kg
CODES
For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.
AUTOMATIC LOADER
• Screw length: 25 - 50 mm
• Screw diameter: 3,5 - 4,2 mm
• Compatible with A 18 screwdriver
CODES
For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.
AUTOMATIC LOADER
• Screw length: 40 - 80 mm
• Screw diameter: 4,5 - 5 mm, 6 mm with HZB6PLATE
• Compatible with A 18 screwdriver
CODES
For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction"
SCREWDRIVER WITH AUTOMATIC LOADER
• Screw length: 25 - 50 mm
• Screw diameter: 3,5 - 4,2 mm
• Performance: 0 - 2850/750 (1/min/W)
• Weight: 2,2 kg
CODES
KMR 3338 KMR 3352
For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.
SCREWDRIVER WITH AUTOMATIC LOADER
• Screw length: 40 - 80 mm
• Screw diameter: 4,5 - 5 mm, 6 mm with HZB6PLATE
• Performance: 0 - 2850/750 (1/min/W)
• Weight: 2,9 kg
CODES
For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.
BATTERY POWERED WITH BELT LOADER
• Adapter for processing plasterboard and gypsum fibreboard of timber and metal substructures
• Supplied in a case, with charger and two batteries
• Screw length: 25 - 55 mm
• Screw diameter: 3,5 - 4,5 mm
• Speed: 0 - 1800/500 (U/min)
• Weight: 2,4 kg
CODES
For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.
B 13 B
POWERED SCREWDRIVER
• Rated power consumption: 760 W
• Torque: 120 Nm
• Weight: 2,8 kg
• Neck Ø: 43 mm
• Nominal minimum 1st gear: 0 - 170 (1/min)
• Nominal minimum 2° gear: 0 - 1320 (1/min)
• Screw without pre-drill: 11 x 400 mm screws
CODES
For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.
ANKER NAILGUNS
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
RELATED PRODUCTS
4-SPEED DRILL DRIVER
• Rated power consumption: 2000 W
• For inserting long screws and threaded rods
• No. of revolutions under load in 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th speeds: 120 - 210 - 380 - 650 U/min
• Weight: 8,6 kg
• Mandrel connection: conical MK 3
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
description
4-speed screwdriver
ACCESSORIES
FRICTION
• Tightening torque 200 Nm
• Square connection 1/2”
ADAPTER 1
• For MK3
SCREW HANDLE
• Increased safety
ADAPTER 2
• For sleeve
RELATED PRODUCTS
MANDREL
• Opening 1-13 mm
SLEEVES
• For RTR
CATCH
SCREWING DEVICE
• Thanks to CATCH, even longer screws can be screwed on quickly and safely without the risk of the bit slipping
• Particularly useful in case of screwing in corners, which usually do not allow exerting a great screwing force
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
Ø8 Ø9 Ø9 [mm] 1 CATCHL Ø10 | Ø12 Ø11 | Ø13 - 1
Further information on the use of the product can be found at www.rothoblaas.com.
TORQUE LIMITER
TORQUE LIMITER
• It decouples as soon as the maximum torque is reached, thus protecting the screw from excessive load, especially in metal plate applications
• Also compatible with CATCH and CATCHL
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
TEMPLATE FOR VGU WASHER
• The VGU JIG template ensures precision pre-drilling and facilitates the VGS 45° screws fastening inside the washer
• Essential for perfect hole centring
• For diameters from 9 to 13 mm
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
JIGVGU945 VGU945 5,5 5 1
JIGVGU1145 VGU1145 6,5 6 1
JIGVGU1345 VGU1345 8,5 8 1
NOTE:Further information on page 190.
JIG VGZ 45°
TEMPLATE FOR 45° SCREWS
• For diameters from 7 to 11 mm
• Screw length indicators
• Screws can be inserted in double 45° mitre cuts
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
JIGVGZ45 steel template for screws at 45° 1
For detailed information on the use of the template, please see the installation manual on the website (www.rothoblaas.com).
BIT STOP
DRIVER BIT HOLDER WITH END STOP
• With O-ring to prevent wood damage at end of travel
• The internal device automatically stops the driver bit holder when it reaches the preset depth
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
DRILL STOP
COUNTERBORE CUTTER WITH DEPTH STOP
• Particularly indicated for build terraces
• The rotating depth stop stops at the workpiece and leaves no marks on the material
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
JIG ALU STA
DRILLING TEMPLATE FOR ALUMIDI AND ALUMAXI
• Position, drill, done! For drilling dowel holes easily, quickly and precisely
• It allows to drill precise holes for both ALUMIDI and ALUMAXI in a template
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
COLUMN
RIGID AND INCLINED DRILLING COLUMN
• For precise holes perpendicular to the work surface
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
BEAR
TORQUE WRENCH
• Precise tightening torque control
• Essential when screwing full thread screws into a metal plate
• Wide adjustment range
x
With 1/2'' square drive.
CRICKET
8 SIZES RATCHETING WRENCH
• Ratchet spanner with through hole and 8 bushings of varying sizes
• 4 ring spanners in a single tool
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
CODES AND DIMENSIONS CODE
/ M6 - 13 / M8
CRICKET
/ M12 - 22 / M14
/ M16 - 27 / M18
WASP
HOOK FOR TIMBER ELEMENTS
TRANSPORT
• Fastened with just one screw, it allows significant time savings due to its quick assembly and disassembly
• The lifting hook can be used for both axial and lateral loads
• Certified pursuant to the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
RAPTOR
TRANSPORT PLATE FOR TIMBER ELEMENTS
• Multiple application possibilities with the choice of 2, 4 or 6 screws depending on the load.
• The lifting plate can be used for both axial and lateral loads
• Certified pursuant to the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC CODES AND DIMENSIONS
LEWIS
DRILL BITS FOR DEEP DRILLING IN EUROPEAN SOFT AND HARDWOODS
• In alloy tool steel
• With round-section twist flute, threaded tip, very high quality main cutting edge and roughing tooth
• Version with independent head and hex shank (starting from Ø8 mm)
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
LEWIS - SET
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24
10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24
F1410403 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24
SNAIL HSS
TWIST DRILL BITS FOR HARDWOOD, MELAMINE-FACED BOARDS AND OTHER MATERIALS
• Very high quality polished drill bits, with 2 main cutting edges and 2 roughing teeth
• Special twist with smoothed flute for improved chip evacuation
• Ideal for free hand and stationary use
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
SNAIL HSS - SET
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
SNAIL PULSE
CARBIDE DRILL BIT IN HM WITH SDS DRILL CHUCK SHANK
• For drilling concrete, reinforced concrete, masonry and natural stone.
• The 4 spiral HM cutting edges ensure rapid forward movement.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
TORX BITS
Rotho Blaas Srl does not guarantee the legal and/or design conformity of data and calculations, as Rotho Blass provides indicative tools such as technical-commercial service within the sales activity.
Rotho Blaas Srl follows a policy of continuous development of its products, thereby reserving the right to modify their characteristics, technical specifications and other documentation without notice.
The user or the designer are responsible to verify, at each use, the conformity of the data to the regulations in force and to the project. The ultimate responsibility for choosing the appropriate product for a specific application lies with the user/designer.
The values resulting from "experimental investigations" are based on the actual test results and valid only for the test conditions specified.
Rotho Blaas Srl does not guarantee and in no case can be held responsible for damages, losses and costs or other consequences, for any reason (warranty for defects, warranty for malfunction, product or legal responsibility, etc.) deriving from the use or inability to use the products for any purpose; from non-conforming use of the product; Rotho Blaas Srl is not liable in any way for any errors in printing and/or typing. In the event of differences between the contents of the catalogue versions in the various languages, the Italian text is binding and takes precedence with respect to the translations. The latest version of the data sheets available can be found on the Rotho Blaas website.
Pictures are partially completed with accessories not included. Images are for illustration purposes only. The use of third party logos and trademarks in this catalogue is subject to the terms and conditions set out in the general conditions of purchase, unless otherwise agreed with the supplier. Packaged quantities may vary.
This catalogue is private property of Rotho Blaas Srl and may not be copied, reproduced or published, totally or in part, without prior written consent. All violations will be prosecuted according to law.
The general purchase and sale conditions of Rotho Blaas Srl are available on the website www.rothoblaas.com
All rights reserved.
Copyright © 2023 by Rotho Blaas Srl
All renderings © Rotho Blaas Srl
FASTENING AIRTIGHTNESS AND WATERPROOFING
FALL PROTECTION TOOLS AND MACHINES SOUNDPROOFING
Rothoblaas is the multinational Italian company that has made innovative technology its mission, making its way to the forefront for timber buildings and construction safety in just a few years. Thanks to its comprehensive product range and the technically-prepared and widespread sales network, the company promotes the transfer of its knowhow to the customers and aims to be a prominent and reliable partner for developing and innovating products and building methods. All of this contributes to a new culture of sustainable construction, focused on increasing comfortable living and reducing CO2 emissions.
Via dell‘Adige N.2/1 | 39040, Cortaccia (BZ) | Italia Tel: +39 0471 81 84 00 | Fax: +39 0471 81 84 84 info@rothoblaas.com | www.rothoblaas.com